Quarterlytics / Technology / Semiconductors / Kulicke and Soffa Industries

Kulicke and Soffa Industries

klic · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker klic
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Semiconductors
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2005 Annual Report · Kulicke and Soffa Industries
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
 
Five Year Review 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 

2001 

2002 

2003 

2004 

2005 

$(000) except per share data 

Statement of Operations Data: 
Net sales from continuing operations 
Research and development expense, net 
Interest income (expense), net 
Net income (loss) 

Net Income (Loss) Per Share: 
Basic 
Diluted 

Average Shares Outstanding (000)  
Basic 
Diluted 

Balance Sheet Data: 
Working Capital 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Total assets 
Long-term debt 
Shareholders' equity (deficit) 

Other Selected Data: 
Current ratio 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation and amortization expense 
Total shares outstanding (000)  
Number of employees 

$  518,382 
61,370 
 (5,542) 
 (65,251) 

$  441,565 
51,929 
 (14,941) 
 (274,115) 

$  477,935 
38,121 
 (16,491) 
 (76,689) 

$  717,811 
34,611 
(9,357) 
55,880 

$  561,274 
41,025 
 (1,578) 
 (104,082) 

$    (1.34) 
$    (1.34) 

$    (5.57) 
$    (5.57) 

$    (1.54) 
$    (1.54) 

$    1.10 
$    0.89 

$    (2.02) 
$    (2.02) 

48,877 
48,877 

49,217 
49,217 

49,695 
49,695 

50,746 
68,582 

51,619 
51,619 

$ 265,355 
127,952 
777,426 
301,511 
338,547 

3.30/1 
$ 48,636 
$ 53,849 
49,034 
3,710 

$ 159,813 
89,742 
538,682 
300,393 
69,323 

2.35/1 
$ 20,385 
$ 44,315 
49,414 
3,297 

$ 132,628 
54,439 
442,861 
300,338 
97 

2.31/1 
$ 10,975 
$ 37,852 
50,092 
3,169 

$ 175,953 
57,506 
476,958 
275,725 
67,020 

2.761 
$ 13,405 
$ 30,678 
51,162 
3,294 

$ 186,049 
45,132 
386,496 
270,000 
(31,748) 

2.55/1 
 $ 12,505 
$ 25,411 
51,981 
3,610 

The Company recorded significant asset impairment and resizing charges during the periods presented above. For a more complete 
understanding of the financial data presented above, see Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Item 7) and the Company’s Consolidated  
Financial Statements and Notes (Item 8) included herein. 

PER SHARE PRICE OF COMMON STOCK 

Traded on the NASDAQ National Market System, NASDAQ Symbol-KLIC 
Fiscal Year 

   2001 

   2002 

   2003 

   2004 

   2005 

1st Quarter 
2nd Quarter 
3rd Quarter 
4th Quarter 

High 

Low 
$ 15.38  $  9.00 
17.00  11.00 
18.70  11.25 
8.16 
18.30 

Low 
  High 
  $ 18.97  $  9.78 
14.32 
  21.65 
10.65 
  21.67 
2.85 
  12.93 

High 

Low 
  $  6.74  $ 1.91 
4.39 
4.61 
5.99 

7.59 
8.00 
  13.25 

High 

Low 
  $ 17.20  $ 10.83 
  16.72  10.51 
9.61 
  12.80 
4.80 
  10.95 

Low 
  High 
   $  9.30  $ 5.70 
5.90 
4.94 
6.74 

8.68 
8.44 
 10.60 

The Company has not paid dividends since the 3rd Quarter of 1985.       At December 16, 2005, there were 499 shareholders of record. 

In addition to historical information, this report contains statements relating to future events or our future results.  These statements are 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Act of 1934 and 
are subject to the safe harbor provisions created by these statutes.  See Item 1. “Business” and Item 7. “Management’s Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 for a discussion of 
important factors that could cause actual results to differ significantly from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements contained 
in this report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To Our Shareholders 

As we’ve previously discussed with 

Historically the wire bonder business has 

you, for the last few years our overarching 

been characterized by dramatic cyclicality.  

goal for K&S has been to structure the 

So it was in 2005, with quarterly revenue as 

Company so as to show compelling 

low as $29 million in the beginning of the 

financial performance throughout the 

fiscal year, and climbing to $85 million by 

semiconductor cycle, while generating 

the end of the fiscal year (and with even 

growth by extending our position as the 

higher revenue expected in the December 

technology leader in our marketplace.  

quarter).  What set 2005 apart from 

During 2005 we demonstrated just how far 

previous cycles is that this segment broke 

we have come toward achieving this goal.  

even or generated an operating profit 

Our Equipment segment either broke even 

through the trough of the cycle.  This new 

or was profitable every quarter of fiscal 

pattern of better performance throughout 

2005, and we introduced and ramped 

the whole cycle isn’t just happenstance, but 

production of our newest ball bonder, the 

rather the result of structural changes in 

Maxum Ultra.  Our Materials segment 

manufacturing, supply chain management, 

generated significant profit in each quarter 

and engineering.   We have achieved this 

while also introducing several new products.  

goal, all the while maintaining our 

Only our Test segment failed to accomplish 

performance edge over our competition, 

our objectives, although some progress was 

and hence, our industry leading market 

made.  I’ll discuss each of our operating 

share. 

segments in more detail. 

Looking forward to 2006, the 

Automatic wire bonders (our flagship 

priorities for our Equipment segment call for 

product line) constitute the bulk of the 

continued market share focus not only in the 

revenue of our Equipment segment.   

heart of the market where we are so well 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
represented, but also in those niches we’ve 

appreciated by the financial community.  

historically underserved.  We believe there 

Perhaps this is because there are so few 

are meaningful growth opportunities for K&S 

comparable companies in the 

in the wire bonder space.  At the same time, 

semiconductor related space.  While 

we continue to manage the fixed costs of 

demand for our equipment is, for the most 

this business to expected bottom of the 

part, driven by increases in semiconductor 

cycle revenue levels, while maintaining our 

unit volume, demand for our materials 

ability to respond to customer needs. 

products is a function of the unit volume 

As for the cycle itself, we seem to be 

itself.  This means a much steadier revenue 

in uncharted territory.  The historic norm of 

curve and consistent profitability, as we 

three year cycles seems to be just that; 

have seen over the past 14 quarters. 

history.  Since 2000, we’ve seen expansion 

Our Materials business has the 

and contraction on a shorter and more 

added advantage of technical synergy with 

irregular basis, which at least so far, doesn’t 

our wire bonder business.  Increasingly, 

conform to any obvious pattern.  All the 

advances in wire bonding happen at the 

more reason then to squeeze our fixed cost 

intersection of the bonder, its bonding tool, 

base, and keep cycle times short.  If we 

and the wire itself.  Because K&S is the only 

can’t predict the cycle, then the next best 

supplier offering all these products, we are 

thing is to be able to react to it in real time.  

also the company best able to develop all 

Our market share numbers and the financial 

three products as a system, optimizing the 

results of our Equipment group indicate we 

interaction between these three critical 

are successfully doing this. 

elements of wire bonding.  Given this 

Our Materials segment, comprising 

advantageous position, it is not surprising 

our bonding tool and wire product lines, is 

we have leading share in bonders and in 

also doing well, even if it is less well 

tools, and are gaining share in wire. 

2 

 
 
 
These businesses are running well, 

performance that makes them an attractive 

and generating good financial results.  

part of our product portfolio, one that adds 

Unfortunately, they are often overshadowed 

to instead of subtracts from, the value of our 

by the poor performance of our Test 

Equipment and Materials businesses.   

segment.  Through 2005, this segment 

We believe our Equipment and 

generated significant operating losses, on 

Materials businesses are an industry 

top of the third quarter write down of 

leading franchise, currently undervalued by 

goodwill and intangible assets.   With these 

the financial community, specifically 

continued losses, we are having to confront 

because of the problems in our test 

the question of whether to keep these 

business.  Our conclusion is that we owe 

product lines in the K&S portfolio, or divest 

you, our shareholders, a quick resolution of 

them.  As we’ve previously discussed, that 

this issue, either by fixing our Test segment 

decision will be driven by whether or not 

along the lines alluded to above, or by 

we’re able to stay on the steep improvement 

divesting it, so as to let the earning power of 

curve we have planned.  We must generate 

our Equipment and Materials business be 

significant, ongoing improvements now for 

fully valued. 

us to justify our commitment to test.  

We believe K&S is a better 

Already we have made real progress on 

Company than indicated by the current 

many fronts, including:  consolidating a 

stock price, and it is incumbent on us to 

large majority of manufacturing in China, 

take those steps necessary to close that 

recapturing lost market share, and starting 

gap. 

to ship next-generation products.  This 

progress represents a good start, but much, 

much more must be done to bring these 

product lines to the level of financial 

C. Scott Kulicke 

Chairman & Chief Executive Officer 

December 20, 2005 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

     [X]  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 

OR 

     [  ]  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  

For the transition period from ______ to ______. 

. 

Commission file number 0-121 

KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 

PENNSYLVANIA 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation) 

23-1498399 
(IRS Employer 
Identification No.) 

2101 BLAIR MILL ROAD WILLOW GROVE, PENNSYLVANIA 19090 
(Address of  principal executive offices) 

Registrants telephone number including area code (215) 784-6000 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

None 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 

COMMON STOCK, WITHOUT PAR VALUE 
(Title of Class) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  [   ]    No   [X] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Yes [   ]  No [X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 
90 days.   
Yes  [X]    No  [   ]      

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the 
registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  
[X] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  
Yes [X]   No  [   ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  
Yes [   ]   No  [X ] 

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock (its only voting stock and common equity) held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 31, 2005 
was approximately $320,615,000 based upon the closing sale price of the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market (Reference is made to Part II, Item 5 herein 
for a statement of assumptions upon which this calculation is based). 
As of December 2, 2005 there were 52,067,613 shares of the registrant's common stock, without par value, outstanding.  

Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Shareholders' Meeting to be filed on or about January 3, 2006 are incorporated by reference into 
Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 herein of this Report. Such Proxy Statement, except for the parts therein which have been specifically incorporated by reference, 
shall not be deemed "filed" for the purposes of this Report on Form 10-K. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K 

Table of Contents 

Part I 

Item 1. 

Business 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings  

Item 4. 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

Part II 

Item 5. 

  Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters 

and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Item 7. 

  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A.  

Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B.   

Other Information 

Part III 

Item 10.   

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services  

Part IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

Page 

2 

9 

9 

9 

10 

11 

14 

44 

45 

75 

75 

75 

76 

76  

76 

76 

76  

77  

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

In addition to historical information, this filing contains statements relating to future events or our future results. These statements 
are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) 
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and are subject to the safe harbor 
provisions created by statute. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that relate to our future 
revenue,  product  development,  demand  forecasts,  competitiveness,  operating  expenses,  cash  flows,  profitability,  gross  margins, 
and benefits expected as a result of (among other factors):  

• 

• 
• 

the projected growth rates in the overall semiconductor industry, the semiconductor assembly equipment 
market,  the market for semiconductor packaging materials and the market for test interconnect solutions; 
the successful operation of our test interconnect business and its expected growth rate; and 
the projected continuing demand for wire bonders. 

Generally, words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “plan,” “continue,” 
and “believe,” or the negative of or other variations on these and other similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. 
These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this filing. We do not undertake to update or revise the forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and involve risks and uncertainties and our future results could 
differ  significantly  from  those  expressed  or  implied  by  our  forward-looking  statements.  These  risks  and  uncertainties  include, 
without limitation, those described under Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations.  In  light  of  these  and  other  uncertainties,  you  should  not  conclude  that  we  will  necessarily  achieve  any  plans  or 
objectives or projected financial results referred to in any forward-looking statements.  

Item 1.  BUSINESS. 

We design, manufacture and market capital equipment, packaging materials and test interconnect products as well as service, 
maintain, repair and upgrade equipment, all used to assemble and/or test semiconductor devices. We are currently the world's 
leading  supplier  of  semiconductor  wire  bonding  assembly  equipment,  according  to  VLSI  Research,  Inc.  Our  business  is 
currently divided into three product segments: 

equipment; 
packaging materials; and 

• 
• 
•  wafer and package test interconnect products. 

We completed the divestiture of our former advanced packaging technologies segment in February 2004. 

Our goal is to be both the technology leader and the lowest cost supplier in each of our major lines of business. We believe we 
are the only major supplier to the semiconductor assembly industry that provides customers with semiconductor wire bonding 
equipment along with the complementary packaging materials and test interconnect products that actually contact the surface 
of the customer’s semiconductor devices. We believe that the ability to control all of these assembly related products provides 
us with a significant competitive advantage, and should allow us to develop system solutions to the new technology challenges 
inherent in assembling and packaging next-generation semiconductor devices.  

The semiconductor industry has been historically volatile, with periods of rapid growth followed by downturns. In response to 
recent  downturns,  we  shifted  our  strategy,  focusing  on  our  larger,  more  established  product  lines,  and  divesting  or 
discontinuing smaller or more speculative businesses. Additionally, we continuously seek to further reduce our cost structure 
by moving operations to lower cost areas, moving away from non-core businesses, and increasing our productivity. We believe 
the historical volatility of the semiconductor industry—both upward and downward—will persist.  

Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc. was incorporated in Pennsylvania in 1956. Our principal offices are located at 2101 Blair 
Mill Road, Willow Grove, Pennsylvania 19090 and our telephone number is (215) 784-6000. We maintain a website with the 
address  www.kns.com.    We  are  not  including  the  information  contained  on  our  website  as  a  part  of,  or  incorporating  it  by 
reference  into,  this  filing.    We  make  available  free  of  charge  (other  than  an  investor’s  own  Internet  access  charges)  on  or 
through our website our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all 
amendments  to  these  reports,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  the  material  is  electronically  filed  with  or  otherwise 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
furnished  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  Our  annual  reports  on  form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q, 
current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports are also available on the SEC website at http://www.sec.gov. 

Products and Services 

We  offer  a  range  of  wire  bonding  equipment  and  spare  parts,  packaging  materials,  and  test  interconnect  products.  Set  forth 
below is a table listing the net revenue from continuing operations for each business segment for our fiscal years  
ended September 30, 2003, 2004, and 2005: 

(in thousands)

             Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

2003

2004

2005

Equipment (1)
Packaging materials (1)
Test interconnect
Other (2)

$       

$       

198,447
174,471
104,882
135
477,935

361,244
234,690
121,877
-
717,811

$    

$    

201,608
273,934
85,732
-
561,274

$       

$       

(1)  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2003,  we  sold  the  assets  related  to  the  saw  and  hard  material  blade 
businesses  that  were  part  of  the  equipment  segment  and  packaging  materials  segment,  respectively. 
Those businesses together had fiscal 2003 net sales of $11.3 million. 

(2)  Comprised of sales associated with our substrate business that was closed in fiscal 2002. 

Our equipment sales are highly volatile, based on the semiconductor industry’s need for new capability and capacity, whereas 
packaging materials and test interconnect sales in general tend to be more stable, following the trend of total semiconductor 
unit production.  

See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included under Item 8 of this report, for financial results by business 
segment and sales by geographic location. 

Equipment 

We  manufacture  and  market  a  line  of  wire  bonders,  which  are  used  to  connect  very  fine  wires,  typically  made  of  gold, 
aluminum  or  copper,  between  the  bond  pads  of  a  semiconductor  die  and  the  leads  on  the  integrated  circuit  (IC)  package  to 
which the die has been attached. We believe that our wire bonders offer competitive advantages by providing customers with 
high  productivity/throughput  and  superior  package  quality/process  control.  In  particular,  our  machines  are  capable  of 
performing very fine pitch bonding as well as creating the sophisticated wire loop shapes that are needed in the assembly of 
advanced semiconductor packages.  Our principal products are:  

Ball Bonders.  Automatic IC ball bonders represent a large majority of our semiconductor equipment business. 
As part of our competitive strategy, we have been introducing new models of IC ball bonders every 15 to 24 
months, with each new model designed to increase both productivity and process capability compared to its 
predecessor.  In 2005, we extended the life of the successful Maxum product line introducing the Maxum Ultra 
to supersede the Maxum Plus and the Maxum Elite to supersede the Nutek.  Each of these machines provides 
approximately  a  10%  productivity  improvement  over  its  predecessor  and  offers  various  other  performance 
improvements. 

Specialty  Wire  Bonders. We  also  produce  other  models  of  wire  bonders,  targeted  at  specific  market  niches, 
including: the Model 8098, a large area ball bonder designed for wire bonding hybrid, chip on board, and other 
large area applications; and the Model 8090, a large area  wedge bonder. We introduced a new  model  wafer 
stud bumper during the fourth quarter of this year, the AT Premier™. The AT Premier™ is targeted for gold-to-
gold interconnect in the growing flip chip market.  With industry leading speed and technology, the machine 
lowers the cost of ownership for stud bumping, enabling a wider range of applications than previously served. 
We also manufacture and market a line of manual wire bonders. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
         
      
         
         
        
                
                 
              
We believe that our industry knowledge and technical experience have positioned us to deliver innovative, customer-specific 
offerings  that  reduce  the  cost  of  owning  our  equipment  over  its  useful  life.  In  response  to  customer  trends  in  outsourcing 
packaging  requirements,  we  provide  repair  and  maintenance  services,  a  variety  of  equipment  upgrades,  machine  and 
component rebuild activities and expanded customer training through our customer operations group.  

Packaging Materials 

We  manufacture  and  market  a  range  of  semiconductor  packaging  materials  and  expendable  tools  for  the  semiconductor 
assembly market, including gold, aluminum and copper wire, capillaries, wedges, die collets and saw blades, all of which are 
used in packaging and assembly processes. Our packaging materials are designed for use on both our own and our competitors’ 
assembly  equipment.    A  wire  bonder  uses  a  capillary  or  wedge  tool  and  bonding  wire  much  like  a  sewing  machine  uses  a 
needle and thread. Our principal products are:  

Bonding  Wire.  We  manufacture  gold,  aluminum  and  copper  wire  used  in  the  wire  bonding  process.  This 
wire is bonded to the chip surface and package substrate by the wire bonder and becomes a permanent part 
of  the  customer’s  semiconductor  package.  We  produce  wire  to  a  wide  range  of  specifications,  which  can 
satisfy most wire bonding applications across the spectrum of semiconductor packages.  

Expendable Tools. Our expendable tools include a wide variety of capillaries, wedges, die collets and wafer 
saw blades. The capillaries and wedges attach the wire to the semiconductor chip, allow a precise amount of 
wire to be fed out to form a permanent wire loop, then attach the wire to the package substrate, and finally 
cut the wire so that the bonding process can be repeated again. Die collets are used to pick up and place die 
into  packages before  the wire  bonding process  begins.  Our hub blades are  used  to  cut  silicon  wafers  into 
individual semiconductor die.  

Test Interconnect  

We  offer  a  broad  range  of  fixtures  used  to  temporarily  contact  a  semiconductor  device  while  it  is  still  in  the  wafer  format 
(wafer probing), thereby providing electrical connections to automatic test equipment. We also offer test sockets used to test 
the final semiconductor package (package or final testing). Our principal test interconnect products are:  

Probe  cards.  Probe  cards  consist  of  complex,  multilayer  printed  circuit  boards  (PCB)  upon  which  are 
attached numerous probe needles designed to make temporary contact to each of the bond pads or bumps on 
a die while the die is still in a wafer format, providing electrical connections to automatic test equipment.  

Automatic  Test  Equipment  (ATE)  interface  assemblies.  ATE  interface  assemblies  typically  consist  of 
electro-mechanical assemblies, electrical contactors and intricate multilayer PCBs, which mechanically and 
electrically connect to the ATE test prober and carry electrical signals to a probe card, and ultimately the 
semiconductor device under test.  

Test sockets. Test sockets hold packaged semiconductor devices while making electrical connections to their 
leads through spring loaded contacts.  

Changes in the design of a semiconductor device often require changes in the probe card, test socket and, in certain cases, the 
ATE interface assembly used to test that semiconductor. Customers generally purchase new versions of these custom-designed 
products each time there is a design change in the semiconductor being tested. Changes in semiconductor design and processes 
drive improvements in test interconnect technology in order to support significant increases in the number and density of bond 
pads or leads being tested and the speed of the electrical signals being tested.  

Customers 

Our  major  customers  include  large  semiconductor  manufacturers  and  their  subcontract  assemblers  and  vertically  integrated 
manufacturers of electronic systems. Customers  may vary from year-to-year based on their capital investment and operating 
expense budgets.  

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The chart below shows our top ten end-use customers, based on net sales, for each of the last three fiscal years:  

    Fiscal 2003 

1. Advanced Semiconductor  
    Engineering * 
2. ST Microelectronics  
3. Intel 
4. Amkor Technologies 
5. Texas Instruments  
6. Infineon Technologies  
7. National Semiconductor 
8. Philips Electronics  
9. ST Assembly Test  
10. Siliconware Precision 
Industries 

    Fiscal 2004 

     Fiscal 2005 

1. Advanced Semiconductor  
    Engineering*  
2. ST Microelectronics  
3. Texas Instruments  
4. Intel 
5. Siliconware Precision Industries 
6. Spansion 
7. National Semiconductor  
8. ST Assembly Test 
9.  Infineon Technologies 
10. Amkor Technologies 

 1. Advanced Semiconductor  
    Engineering* 
 2. ST Microelectronics* 
 3. Intel 
 4. Siliconware Precision Industries 
 5. Infineon Technologies  
 6. Texas Instruments 
 7. STATS ChipPAC 
 8. Samsung 
 9. Spansion 
 10. National Semiconductor 

* Accounted for more than 10% of total fiscal year net sales. 

We  believe  that  developing  long-term  relationships  with  our  customers  is  critical  to  our  success.  By  establishing  these 
relationships  with  semiconductor  manufacturers,  semiconductor  subcontract  assemblers,  and  vertically 
integrated 
manufacturers of electronic systems, we gain insight into our customers’ future IC packaging strategies. This insight assists us 
in our efforts to develop material, equipment and process solutions that address our customers’ future assembly requirements.  

International Operations 

We  sell  our  products  to  semiconductor  manufacturers,  semiconductor  subcontract  assemblers,  and  vertically  integrated 
manufacturers  of  electronic  systems,  which  are  primarily  located  in  or  have  operations  in  the  Asia/Pacific  region. 
Approximately 88% of our fiscal 2005 net sales, 86% of our fiscal 2004 net sales, and 80% of our fiscal 2003 net sales were for 
delivery  to  customer  locations  outside  of  the  United  States.  The  majority  of  these  foreign  sales  were  destined  for  customer 
locations  in  the  Asia/Pacific  region,  including  Taiwan,  Malaysia,  Singapore,  Korea,  Japan,  China  and  the  Philippines.  We 
expect sales outside of the United States to continue to represent a majority of our future revenues.  

Sales and Customer Support 

We believe that providing comprehensive worldwide sales, service, training and support are important competitive factors in 
the semiconductor equipment industry, and we manage these functions through our global customer operations group. Some of 
these operations are focused on wire bonders and packaging materials, and others focus on test related products. We rely on a 
combination of a direct sales force, manufacturers’ representatives and distributors for the sale of our various product lines. In 
order to support our customers whose semiconductor assembly operations are located primarily outside of the United States, 
we have sales, service, and support personnel based in China, Hong Kong, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, 
Taiwan,  Thailand,  and  Europe,  and  applications  labs  in  Singapore,  Japan,  Israel,  and  Taiwan.  We  provide  timely  customer 
service  and  support  by  positioning  our  service  representatives  and  spare  parts  near  customer  facilities,  which  provides 
customers  with  the  ability  to  place  orders  locally  and  to  deal  with  service  and  support  personnel  who  speak  the  customer’s 
language and are familiar with local country practices.  

Backlog  

At September 30, 2005, we had a backlog of customer orders totaling $99.0 million, compared to $81.0 million at  June 30, 
2005  and  $59.7  million  at  September  30,  2004.  Our  backlog  consists  of  customer  orders  which  are  scheduled  for  shipment 
within 12 months. Virtually all orders are subject to cancellation, deferral or rescheduling by the customer with limited or no 
penalties. Because of the possibility of customer changes in delivery schedules or cancellations and potential delays in product 
shipments, our backlog as of any particular date may not be indicative of revenues for any succeeding quarterly period. 

Manufacturing 

The Company believes excellence in manufacturing can create a competitive advantage, both through lower costs and superior 
responsiveness. In order to achieve these goals, we manage our manufacturing operations through a single organization and are 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
trending  to  fewer,  larger  factories  to  take  advantage  of  economies  of  scale  and  the  cost  savings  available  in  low  labor  cost 
areas.  

Equipment. Our equipment manufacturing activities consist primarily of integrating outsourced parts and subassemblies, and 
testing the finished product to customer specifications. During fiscal 2005, most of our equipment manufacturing took place in 
Singapore, with a small number of machines built in Willow Grove, Pennsylvania. We believe the outsourcing model enables 
us to minimize our fixed costs and capital expenditures and focus on product differentiation through technology innovations in 
system  design  and  manufacturing  quality  control.  Just-in-time  inventory  management  has  reduced  our  manufacturing  cycle 
times  and  reduced  our  on-hand  inventory  requirements.  We  have  received  ISO  9001  and  ISO  14001  certifications  for  our 
equipment manufacturing facility in Singapore. 

Packaging Materials. We manufacture expendable tools at facilities in Yokneam, Israel and Suzhou, China, and bonding wire 
at  facilities  in  Singapore  and  Thalwil,  Switzerland.  We  manufacture  blades  for  wafer  sawing  in  Santa  Clara,  California, 
(scheduled  to be  closed  in  the  first  quarter of fiscal  2006)  and Suzhou, China. Our bonding wire facility  in  Switzerland  has 
received ISO 9001 certification; our bonding wire facility in Singapore has received QS9000 and ISO 14001 certifications; our 
blade facility in California has received ISO 9002 certification; our bonding tools facility in Yokneam, Israel has received ISO 
9001  and  ISO  14001  certifications;  and  our  bonding  tools  facility  in  Suzhou,  China  has  received  ISO  9001  and  ISO  14001 
certifications.  

Test  Interconnect  Products.  We  manufacture  test  probe  cards  in  various  facilities  located  in:  Gilbert,  Arizona;  San  Jose, 
California;  Hsin  Chu,  Taiwan;  Suzhou,  China;  and  Corbeil,  France.  We  manufacture  ATE  interface  assemblies  in  Gilbert, 
Arizona. As part of our ongoing cost reduction activities, we sold our ATE test board fabrication assets in Dallas, Texas in the 
third  quarter  of  fiscal  2003  and  moved  to  an  outsource  strategy  for  these  components.  In  fiscal  2004,  we  closed  a  test 
manufacturing  facility  in  Meyreuil,  France.  During  2005,  we  closed  test  manufacturing  facilities  in  East  Kilbride,  Scotland, 
Hayward, California and in Singapore. 

Research and Product Development  

Many of our customers generate technology roadmaps describing the future manufacturing capability requirements needed to 
support their product development plans. Our research and product development activities are organized so that our products 
anticipate  our  customers’  requirements.  This  can  happen  either  through  continuous  improvement  of  our  existing  products, 
including upgrades for products already installed in customers’ facilities, or through the creation of next-generation products. 
Examples  of  our  continuous  improvement  strategy  include  the  Maxum  Elite  and  Maxum  Ultra  wire  bonders  –  both 
improvements  of  the  Maxum  product  line, our  advanced epoxy  line of probe  cards,  and our DuraCap  line of bonding  tools. 
Major  next-generation  development  programs  are  underway  for  our  wire  bonder,  probe  card  and  test  socket  product  lines. 
Whether  we  proceed  via  continuous  improvement,  or  via  next-generation  technology  development,  our  goal  is  technology 
leadership in each of our major product lines.  

Our  net  expenditures  for  research  and  development  totaled  approximately  $41.0  million,  $34.6  million,  and  $38.1  million 
during our fiscal years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  

Competition 

The market for semiconductor equipment, packaging materials, and test interconnect products is intensely competitive. Significant 
competitive factors in the semiconductor equipment market include price, as well as speed/throughput, production yield, process 
control  and  customer  support,  each  of  which  contribute  to  lower  the  overall  cost  per  package  being  manufactured.  Our  major 
equipment competitors include: 

•  Wire bonders: ASM Pacific Technology and Shinkawa  

Significant competitive factors in the semiconductor packaging materials industry include performance, price, delivery, product 
life, and quality. Our significant packaging materials’ competitors include: 

•  Bonding tools: Gaiser Tool Co., Small Precision Tools, Inc. and PECO  

•  Saw blades: Disco Corporation  

•  Bonding wire: Tanaka Electronic Industries, Sumitomo Metal Mining, Heraeus, and Nippon Metal. 

6 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  test  products  face  competition  from  a  few  large  international  firms  as  well  as  many  small  regional  firms.    Significant 
competitive factors in the test interconnect industry include performance, price, delivery time, product life, and quality. Our 
significant competitors include: 

•  Wafer test: FormFactor, Inc., Japan Electronic Materials, and Micronics Japan Company 

•  Package test: Everett Charles, Synergetix, Johnstech International, Enplas Semiconductor  

In each of the markets we serve, we face competition and the threat of competition from established competitors and potential 
new entrants, some of which have greater financial, engineering, manufacturing and marketing resources than we have. Some 
of  our  competitors  are  Asian  and  European  companies  that  have  had  and  may  continue  to  have  an  advantage  over  us  in 
supplying  products  to  local  customers  because  many  of  these  customers  appear  to  prefer  to  purchase  from  local  suppliers, 
without regard to other considerations.  

Intellectual Property  

Where circumstances warrant, we seek to obtain patents on inventions governing new products and processes developed as part 
of our ongoing research, engineering and manufacturing activities. We currently hold a number of United States patents, some 
of  which  have  foreign  counterparts.  We  believe  that  the  duration  of  our  patents  generally  exceeds  the  life  cycles  of  the 
technologies disclosed and claimed in the patents. We believe that our portfolio of patents will have more value in the future 
but that our success will depend primarily on our engineering, manufacturing, marketing and service skills.  

In addition, we believe that much of our important technology resides in our trade secrets and proprietary software. As long as 
we rely on trade secrets and unpatented knowledge, including software, to maintain our competitive position, we cannot assure 
you  that  competitors  may  not  independently  develop  similar  technologies  and  possibly  obtain  patents  containing  claims 
applicable  to  our  products  and  processes.  Our  ability  to  defend  ourselves  against  these  claims  may  be  limited.  In  addition, 
although  we  execute  non-disclosure  and  non-competition  agreements  with  certain  of  our  employees,  customers,  consultants, 
selected  vendors  and  others,  there  is  no  assurance  that  such  secrecy  agreements  will  not  be  breached,  or  that  they  can  be 
enforced. Additional disclosures regarding these risks, as well as other risk factors facing the Company are included in Item 7. 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis”, included herein. 

Environmental Matters  

We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing, among other things, the generation, 
storage,  use,  emission,  discharge,  transportation  and  disposal  of  hazardous  materials  and  the  health  and  safety  of  our 
employees.  In  addition,  we  are  subject  to  environmental  laws  which  may  require  investigation  and  cleanup  of  any 
contamination  at  facilities  we  own  or  operate  or  at  third  party  waste  disposal  sites  we  use  or  have  used.  These  laws  could 
impose liability upon us even if we did not know of, or were not responsible for, the contamination.  

We have in the past and will in the future incur costs to comply with environmental laws. We are not, however, currently aware 
of  any  costs  or  liabilities  relating  to  environmental  matters,  including  any  claims  or  actions  under  environmental  laws  or 
obligations  to perform  any  cleanups  at  any of our facilities  or  any  third party  waste disposal  sites,  that  we  expect  to  have  a 
material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  or  operating  results.  It  is  possible,  however,  that  material 
environmental costs or liabilities may arise in the future.  

Employees 

At  September  30,  2005,  we  had  3,326  permanent  employees  and  284  temporary  and  contract  workers  worldwide.  The  only 
employees  represented  by  a  labor  union  are  the  bonding  wire  employees  in  Singapore.  Generally,  we  believe  our  employee 
relations to be good. Competition in the recruiting of personnel in the semiconductor and semiconductor equipment industry is 
intense, particularly with respect to engineering. We believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability 
to hire and retain qualified management, marketing and technical employees.  

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Officers of the Company 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive officers of the Company as of September 30, 2005. Our 
executive officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors. 

Name 
C. Scott Kulicke 
Charles Salmons 
Jagdish (Jack) G. Belani 

Maurice E. Carson 
Bruce Griffing 
Oded Lendner 

Age 
56 
50 
52 

48 
55 
45 

First  Became 
an Officer 
(calendar year) 
1976 
1992 
1999 

Position 

  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer 
  Senior Vice President, Wafer Test 
  Senior Vice President of Package Materials and Corporate 

Marketing 

2003 
2004 
1996 

  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
  Vice President, Engineering 
  Senior Vice President, Package Test 

C.  Scott  Kulicke  has been  the  Chief  Executive  Officer of  our  Company  since 1979  and  Chairman  of  the  Board  of Directors 
since 1984. His present term as a director expires in 2007. He first became an officer of the Company in 1976 and has held a 
number of executive positions with us since that time.  

Charles Salmons holds the position of Senior Vice President, Wafer Test. He was appointed to this position in November 2004. 
He  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President,  Product  Development  in  September  2002.  He  joined  us  in  1978,  and  has  held 
positions  of  increasing  responsibility  throughout  the  accounting,  engineering  and  manufacturing  organization.  Mr.  Salmons 
first became an officer of the Company in 1992, and in 1994, he became Vice President of Operations and was named General 
Manager, Wire Bonder Operations in 1998. He was appointed Senior Vice President, Customer Operations in 1999.  

Jagdish (Jack) G. Belani holds the position of Senior Vice President of Package Materials and Corporate Marketing. He was 
appointed to this position in November 2005. Before this, he was Vice President of Wire Bonding and Corporate Marketing, 
and prior to that, Vice President of all the Business Units and Marketing and prior to that he was President of the Wire Bonding 
Division  and  before  that  President  of  XLAM  which  was  our  high  density  substrate  group.  He  became  an  officer  of  the 
Company upon joining us in April 1999 as Vice President and President of our high density substrate group. Before joining us, 
he served for more than three years in the Worldwide Manufacturing Group of Cypress Semiconductor Corporation, a supplier 
of  integrated  circuits  for  network  infrastructure  and  access  equipment,  where  he  was  Vice  President  of  Assembly  and 
Packaging  when  he  left  to  join  us.  Before  Cypress,  he  was  with  National  Semiconductor  Corporation  for  approximately  18 
years  in  a  variety  of  technical  and  managerial  positions  and  one  year  with  Advanced  Micro  Devices  as  a  Bipolar  Memory 
Wafer Fabrication Process Development Engineer. 

Maurice E. Carson holds the position of Vice President, Chief Financial Officer. He was appointed to this position when he 
joined us in September 2003. From 1996 until he joined us in 2003, Mr. Carson served in various finance positions culminating 
as the Vice President, Finance and Corporate Controller for Cypress Semiconductor Corporation. Before Cypress he was with 
Ephigraphx as the Chief Operating Officer.  

Bruce  Griffing  holds  the  position  of  Vice  President,  Engineering.  He  was  appointed  to  this  position  when  he  joined  us  in 
September 2004. From 2001-2003 Dr. Griffing served as Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of DuPont Photomask, 
a company that provides microimaging solutions. Before DuPont Photomask, Dr. Griffing worked for General Electric from 
1979-2001,  serving  as  a  Laboratory  Manager  from  1986  to  2001.  Dr.  Griffing  received  his  Ph.D  in  Physics  from  Purdue 
University in 1979.  

Oded Lendner holds the position of Senior Vice President, Package Test. He was appointed to this position in November 2004.  
He was appointed to the position of Vice President, World Wide Operations in January 2002. Before this he was President of 
our  Microelectronics  division  for  one  year.  He  joined  our  Israeli  subsidiary  in  1989  and  has  held  positions  of  increasing 
responsibility throughout our manufacturing organization, and was named Deputy Managing Director, Operations in Israel in 
1993. He relocated to the United States and first became an officer of the Company in 1996 as the Vice President, Operations 
for  the  Equipment  group.  In  1999,  he  became  Vice  President,  Ball  Bonder  Business  unit  and  Managing  Director  of  K&S 
Singapore.  

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.  PROPERTIES.  

Our major operating facilities are described in the table below: 

Facility 

Approximate 
Size 

Function 

Products 
Manufactured 

Lease 
Expiration 
Date 

Willow Grove, 
  Pennsylvania 

220,000 sq.ft. 
(1)(4) 

Fort Washington, 
  Pennsylvania 

88,000 sq.ft. 
(1)(4) 

Corp. headquarters, 
manufacturing, technology 
center, sales and service 

Corp. headquarters, 
manufacturing, technology 
center, sales and service  

  Wedge, large area 

  May 2006 

bonders  

  Wedge, large area 

  April 2018 

bonders  

Suzhou, China 

134,700 sq.ft. (1) 

  Manufacturing 

Singapore 

77,500 sq.ft. (1) 

Singapore 

38,400 sq.ft. (1) 

  Manufacturing, technology 
center, assembly systems 

  Manufacturing, technology 
center, assembly systems 

Gilbert, Arizona 

83,000 sq.ft.(1) 

  Manufacturing, sales and 

service 

Yokneam, Israel 

53,800 sq.ft. (2) 

  Manufacturing, technology 

center 

Capillaries, probe 
cards, dicing blades, 
test sockets 

  October 2007 

  Wire bonders 

  August 2008 

Bonding wire 

  May 2006 

Probe cards, ATE 
interface assemblies 

  May 2012  

Capillaries, wedges, die 
collets  

  N/A 

Hsin Chu, Taiwan 

28,400 sq.ft (1) 

  Manufacturing 

Probe cards 

July 2007 

San Jose, California 

34,100 sq.ft. (1) 

  Manufacturing, sales and 

Probe cards 

  August 2007 

service 

Thalwil, Switzerland 

15,100 sq.ft. (1) 

  Manufacturing 

Bonding wire 

(3) 

(1)   Leased.  
(2)   Owned.  
(3)   Cancelable semi-annually upon six months notice.  
(4)  Fort Washington, Pennsylvania facility will replace Willow Grove, Pennsylvania facility as the Company’s 

headquarters in May 2006. 

We  also  rent  space  for  sales  and  service  offices  in:  Santa  Clara,  California;  Southbury,  Connecticut;  Austin,  Texas;  China; 
Germany;  Hong  Kong;  Japan;  Korea;  Malaysia;  the  Philippines;  Taiwan;  and  Thailand  and  operate  smaller  manufacturing 
facilities in Santa Clara, California; and France. We believe that our facilities generally are in good condition.  

Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. 

From time to time, we are a plaintiff or defendant in various cases arising out of our business. We cannot assure you of the results 
of any pending or future litigation, but we do not believe that resolution of these matters will materially and adversely affect our 
business, financial condition or operating results. 

Item 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS. 

None. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT'S  COMMON  EQUITY,    RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES. 

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol ''KLIC.'' The following table lists the high and 
low per share sale prices for our common stock for the periods indicated: 

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2005: 
       First Quarter 
       Second Quarter 
       Third Quarter 
       Fourth Quarter 

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2004: 
       First Quarter 
       Second Quarter 
       Third Quarter 
       Fourth Quarter 

 Common Stock Price  

 High  

 Low  

 $     9.30   
      8.68  
      8.44  
     10.60  

 $      5.70  
       5.90  
       4.94  
       6.74  

 $    17.20  
     16.72  
     12.80  
     10.95  

 $    10.83  
     10.51  
       9.61  
       4.80  

The payment of dividends on our common stock is within the discretion of our board of directors. We have not historically paid 
any  cash  dividends  on  our  common  stock,  including  during  the  past  two  fiscal  years,  and  we  do  not  expect  to  declare  cash 
dividends on our common stock in the near future. We intend to retain earnings to finance the growth of our business and/or pay 
down debt.  

For the purposes of calculating the aggregate market value of the shares of our common stock held by nonaffiliates, as shown on 
the cover page of this report, we have assumed that all of our outstanding shares were held by nonaffiliates except for the shares 
held by our directors and executive officers. However, this does not necessarily mean that all directors and executive officers of 
the Company are, in fact, affiliates of the Company, or that there are not other persons who may be deemed to be affiliates of the 
Company. Further information concerning the beneficial ownership of our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders 
will be included in our proxy statement relating to our 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission.  

On December 2, 2005, there were 503 holders of record of the shares of outstanding common stock.  

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities: 

During  the  last  fiscal  year,  except  as  otherwise  disclosed  on  our  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  we  have  not  sold  any  of  our 
securities without registration under the Securities Act, except as described below: 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2005, we issued and contributed 215,000 shares of our common stock with a fair value of 
$1.5 million to Reliance Trust Company, as Trustee of our pension plan, in a private placement under Section 4(2) of the Securities 
Act. We issued and contributed the shares of our common stock to the trust to fund certain obligations to the pension plan. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. 

The  following  selected  consolidated  financial  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements, 
related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this report or in annual reports filed previously by us in respect 
of the fiscal years identified in the column headings of the tables below. 

Statement of Operations Data: 
Net Sales: 
   Equipment 
   Packaging materials 
   Test 
   Corporate and other (1) 

       Total net sales 

Cost of goods sold: 
   Equipment 
   Packaging materials 
   Test 
   Corporate and other (1) 

      Total cost of goods sold (2) 

Operating expenses: 
   Equipment 
   Packaging materials 
   Test 
   Corporate and other (1) 

      Total operating expenses (2) 

Income (loss) from operations: 
   Equipment 
   Packaging materials 
   Test 
   Corporate and other (1) 

Income (loss) from continuing operations (2) 

Interest income (expense), net 
Charge on early extinguishment of debt 
Other income and minority interest 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes and 
cumulative effect of change in accounting principle 

Provision  (benefit)  for 

income 

taxes  from  continuing 

operations (3) 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (2)(4) 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax 

Net income (loss) 
Addback: Goodwill amortization, net of tax (8) 

Pro forma net income (loss) (8) 

(in thousands, except per share amounts) 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 

2001 

2002 

2003 

2004 

2005 

$      249,952 
150,945 
116,890 
595 

518,382 

$      169,469 
157,176 
114,698 
222 

441,565 

$      198,447 
174,471 
104,882 
135 

477,935 

$      361,244 
234,690 
121,877 
- 

717,811 

$      201,608 
273,934 
85,732 
- 

561,274 

166,359 
110,570 
84,401 
- 

361,330 

105,609 
31,088 
66,148 
34,234 

237,079 

(22,016) 
9,287  
(33,659) 
(33,639) 

(80,027) 
(5,542) 
- 
8,022 

(77,547) 

(21,468) 
(1,009) 
(8,163) 

(65,251) 
9,587  

142,965 
118,080 
79,686 
14 

340,745 

91,966 
32,578 
130,077 
66,883 

321,504 

(65,462) 
6,518 
(95,065) 
(66,675) 

(220,684) 
(14,941) 
- 
2,010 

(233,615) 

32,561 
(7,939) 
- 

(274,115) 
- 

129,092 
132,779 
87,856 
- 

349,727 

71,678 
26,684 
44,218 
15,539 

158,119 

(2,323) 
15,008 
(27,192) 
(15,404) 

(29,911) 
(16,491) 
- 
- 

(46,402) 

7,594 
(22,693) 
- 

(76,689) 
- 

208,862 
182,658 
95,286 
- 

486,806 

59,071 
21,942 
48,107 
17,940 

147,060 

93,311  
30,090  
(21,516) 
(17,940) 

83,945  
(9,357) 
(10,510) 
- 

64,078  

7,386  
(812) 
- 

55,880  
- 

115,771 
224,001 
79,923 
- 

419,695 

51,427 
24,259 
147,399 
17,041 

240,126 

34,410  
25,674  
(141,590) 
(17,041) 

(98,547) 
(1,578) 
- 
- 

(100,125) 

3,957  
- 
- 

(104,082) 
- 

$     (55,664) 

$   (274,115) 

$     (76,689) 

$       55,880  

$   (104,082) 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income  (loss)  from  continuing  operations  before 
in  accounting 

cumulative  effect  of  change 
principle per share: (5) 

Basic 
Diluted 

Discontinued operations, net of tax per share: (5) 

Basic 
Diluted 

Cumulative  effect  of  change 

in  accounting 

principle, net of tax per share: (5) 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net income (loss) per share: (5) 

Basic 
Diluted 

Goodwill amortization, net of tax per share: (5) (8) 

Basic 
Diluted 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share: (5) (8) 

Basic 
Diluted 

Shares used in per common share calculations: (5) 

Basic 
Diluted 

Balance Sheet Data: 
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments 
Working capital 
Total assets 
Long-term debt (6) (7) 
Shareholders’ equity (deficit) 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

(in thousands, except per share amounts 
Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 
2003 
2002 

2004 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

(5.41) 
(5.41) 

(0.16) 
(0.16) 

- 
- 

(5.57) 
(5.57) 

- 
- 

(5.57) 
(5.57) 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

(1.09) 
(1.09) 

(0.46) 
(0.46) 

- 
- 

(1.54) 
(1.54) 

- 
- 

(1.54) 
(1.54) 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

1.12 
0.90 

(0.02) 
(0.01) 

- 
- 

1.10 
0.89 

- 
- 

1.10 
0.89 

2001 

(1.15) 
(1.15) 

(0.02) 
(0.02) 

(0.17) 
(0.17) 

(1.34) 
(1.34) 

0.20 
0.20 

(1.14) 
(1.14) 

2005 

(2.02) 
(2.02) 

- 
- 

- 
- 

(2.02) 
(2.02) 

- 
- 

(2.02) 
(2.02) 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

48,877 
48,877 

49,217 
49,217 

49,695 
49,695 

50,746 
68,582 

51,619 
51,619 

202,928  $ 
265,355 
777,426 
301,511 
338,547 

111,300  $ 
159,813 
538,682 
300,393 
69,323  

73,051  $ 
132,628 
442,861 
300,338 
97 

95,766  $ 
175,953 
476,958 
275,725 
67,020 

95,369 
186,049 
386,496 
270,000 
(31,748) 

(1)  Corporate and other included the sales and expenses from the Company’s former high density substrate business and 

corporate activities. 

(2) During fiscal 2005, we recorded the following charges as operating expenses in continuing operations: severance charges 
of $3.7 million; asset  impairment charges of $100.6 million; China start-up costs of $2.0  million; and  inventory write 
downs  of  $2.1  million.  We  also  recorded  a  gain  on  the  sale  of  assets  of  $2.2  million  within  fiscal  2005  operating 
expenses. 

During fiscal 2004, we recorded the following charges as operating expenses in continuing operations: severance charges 
of $4.5 million; asset impairment charge of $3.3 million; China start-up costs of $1.6 million; inventory write-downs of 
$1.5 million; and a reversal of prior year resizing charges of $0.1 million. We also recorded a gain on the sale of assets of 
$1.0 million within fiscal 2004 operating expenses. 

  During fiscal 2003, we recorded the following charges as operating expenses in continuing operations: loss on sale of 
product  lines  of  $5.3  million  and  asset  impairment  of  $3.6  million  of  which  $1.7  million  was  associated  with  the 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
discontinuation of a test product, $1.2 million was due to the reduction in size of a test facility in Dallas, Texas, and 
$0.7 million resulted from the write-down of assets that were sold and assets that became obsolete, $5.2 million of 
severance associated with workforce reductions; and charges for inventory write-downs of $5.1 million (to costs of 
goods  sold).  We  recorded  the  following  charges  in  discontinued  operations:  asset  impairment  of  $6.9  million 
associated with the write-down of the assets of our flip chip business unit to realizable value and goodwill impairment 
of $5.7 million associated with our former flip chip reporting unit. 

During fiscal 2002, we recorded the following charges as operating expenses: goodwill impairment of $74.3 million 
associated  with  our  test  and  hub  blade  business  units;  asset  impairment  of  $31.6  million  primarily  due  to  the 
cancellation of a company-wide integrated information system, the closure of our high density interconnect substrate 
business and the write-off of development and license costs of certain engineering and manufacturing software; $19.7 
million of resizing charges comprised primarily of severance and contractual commitments associated with reductions 
in  workforce  and  our  closed  and  consolidated  businesses;  and  $5.0  million  of  severance  associated  with  workforce 
reductions in our continuing businesses. In fiscal 2002, we also recorded charges for inventory write-downs of $14.4 
million (to costs of goods sold), $5.2 million of which was due to the discontinuance of a product. 

During  fiscal  2001,  we  purchased  all  the  outstanding  stock  of  Cerprobe  Corporation  and  Probe  Technology 
Corporation.  As  a  result  of  these  acquisitions,  during  the  year  ended  September  30,  2001,  we  recorded  a  pre-tax 
charge  of  approximately  $11.7  million  for  the  write-off  of  in-process  research  and  development.  We  also  recorded 
charges  of  $19.9  million  (to  costs  of  goods  sold)  for  inventory  write-downs,  $4.2  million  for  severance  for  the 
elimination of 511 positions and other related charges associated with a resizing of our workforce, $0.8 million for 
asset impairment charges, and non-recurring other income of $8.0 million as the result of an insurance settlement. In 
fiscal  2001,  we  also  adopted  SAB  101,  resulting  in  a  cumulative  effect  of  an  accounting  change  charge  of  $8.2 
million, net of tax. Additionally, cost of goods sold for the year ended September 30, 2001 includes $4.2 million of 
acquisition related inventory step-up costs.  

(3)    In  fiscal  2005,  we  recorded  $15.0  million  of  valuation  allowance  associated  with  our  U.S.  net  operating  loss 
carryforward deferred tax asset. In fiscal 2004, we reversed $11.2 million of valuation allowance associated with our 
U.S. net operating loss carryforward deferred tax asset. In fiscal 2003, we recorded a valuation allowance against our 
deferred  tax  asset  consisting  primarily  of  U.S.  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of  $12.1  million.  In  fiscal  2002  we 
recorded  a  valuation  allowance  against  our  deferred  tax  asset  consisting  primarily  of  U.S.  net  operating  loss 
carryforwards  of  $65.3  million  and  a  charge  of  $25.0  million  to  provide  for  tax  expense  on  repatriation  of  certain 
foreign earnings. 

(4)  Reflects the operations of the Company’s former flip chip business unit which was sold in February 2004. 

(5)  For fiscal years 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2005, only the common shares outstanding have been used to calculate both the 
basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share because the inclusion of potential common 
shares would be anti-dilutive due to the net losses from continuing operations reported in those years. The after-tax 
interest expense recognized in fiscal 2004 associated with our convertible subordinated notes that was added back to 
net income in order to compute diluted net income per share was $5.2 million. 

(6)  Does not include letters of credit. 

(7)  In June 2004, we issued $65.0 million in principal amount of 1% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2010 and in 
December 2003, we issued $205.0 million in principal amount of 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2008. In 
August  2001,  we  issued  $125.0  million  in  principal  amount  of  5  1/4  %  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  due  2006, 
which we redeemed in their entirety in August 2004. In December 1999, we issued $175.0 million in principal amount 
of 4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2006, which we redeemed in their entirety in December 2003.  

(8)  Reflects pro-forma results as if the adoption of SFAS 142 Goodwill and Intangible Assets had occurred at October 1, 
2000. The adjustments reflect an add-back of the amortization expense related to goodwill, net of tax, which would 
not have occurred under the provisions of the standard. As part of the adoption of SFAS 142, there were no indefinite 
lived intangibles identified, and there was no change to the estimated useful lives of existing intangible assets. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. 

In addition to historical information, this filing contains statements relating to future events or our future results. These statements 
are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) 
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and are subject to the safe harbor 
provisions created by statute. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that relate to our future 
revenue,  product  development,  demand  forecasts,  competitiveness,  operating  expenses,  cash  flows,  profitability,  gross  margins, 
and benefits expected as a result of (among other factors):  

• 

• 
• 

the projected growth rates in the overall semiconductor industry, the semiconductor assembly equipment 
market,  the market for semiconductor packaging materials and the market for test interconnect solutions; 
the successful operation of our test interconnect business and its expected growth rate; and 
the projected continuing demand for wire bonders. 

Generally, words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “plan,” “continue,” 
and “believe,” or the negative of or other variations on these and other similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. 
These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this filing. We do not undertake to update or revise the forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and involve risks and uncertainties and our future results could 
differ  significantly  from  those  expressed  or  implied  by  our  forward-looking  statements.  These  risks  and  uncertainties  include, 
without limitation, those described below and under the heading “Risk Factors” within this section and in our other reports and 
registration statements filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission. This discussion should be read in 
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes in this report. 

Introduction 

We design, manufacture and market capital equipment, packaging materials and test interconnect products as well as service, 
maintain,  repair  and  upgrade  equipment,  all  used  to  assemble  or  test  semiconductor  devices.  We  are  currently  the  world’s 
leading  supplier  of  semiconductor  wire  bonding  assembly  equipment,  according  to  VLSI  Research,  Inc.  Our  business  is 
currently divided into three product segments:  

equipment;  
packaging materials; and 

• 
• 
•  wafer and package test interconnect products 

We believe we are the only major supplier to the semiconductor assembly industry that provides customers with semiconductor 
wire bonding equipment along with the complementary packaging materials and test interconnect products that actually contact 
the  surface  of  the  customer’s  semiconductor  devices.  We  believe  that  the  ability  to  control  all  of  these  assembly  related 
products  provides  us  with  a  significant  competitive  advantage  and  should  allow  us  to  develop  system  solutions  to  the  new 
technology challenges inherent in assembling and packaging next-generation semiconductor devices.  

The  semiconductor  industry  historically  has  been  volatile,  with  periods  of  rapid  growth  followed  by  downturns.  One  such 
downturn began during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, as we experienced a 24% reduction in sales compared to our third 
quarter of fiscal 2004. The sales decline continued into the first quarter of fiscal 2005 as sales were down 21% compared to the 
fourth quarter of fiscal 2004. Revenue increased 7% during the second quarter of fiscal 2005, compared to the first quarter of 
fiscal  2005,  and  increased  10%  during  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2005,  compared  to  the  second  fiscal  quarter  of  2005.  In 
addition, revenues increased 32% in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005 compared to the third quarter of fiscal 2005. We expect 
this trend to continue into the December 2005 quarter, with revenues in the $200.0 to $220.0 million range.  There can be no 
assurances regarding levels of demand for our products, and in any case, we believe the historical volatility – both upward and 
downward – will persist. 

We have continued to lower our cost structure by consolidating operations, moving certain of our manufacturing capacity to 
China, moving a portion of our supply chain to lower cost suppliers and designing higher-performing, lower cost equipment. 
Cost  reduction  efforts  have  become,  and  will  continue  to  be,  an  important  part  of  our  normal  ongoing  operations  and  we 
believe this will drive down our cost structure below current levels, while not diminishing our product quality. We expect to 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
incur additional expenses such as severance and facility closing costs as a result of these cost reduction programs. Our goal is 
to be both the technology leader and the lowest cost supplier in each of our major lines of business. 

We  reported  a  loss  from  operations  from  our  Test  business  segment  of  $141.6  million  in  fiscal  2005  compared  to  a  loss  of 
$21.5 million in fiscal 2004. The fiscal 2005 loss includes non-cash goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges totaling 
$100.6 million. We are continuing with our plan to improve the performance of this segment. To date, we have made progress 
on consolidating some of our Test facilities and transferring portions of our Test production to our China facility, and we are 
continuing  to  aggressively  market  our  existing  products  to  customers.  At  the  same  time,  we  continue  to  work  on  the 
development of our new Test products, including our Quatrix and Advanced Vertical Test (“AVT”) programs. We expect these 
Test  plan  activities  will  continue  through  calendar  year  2006  and  will  result  in  future  period  charges  and/or  restructuring 
charges, which may be significant. 

Products and Services 

We offer a range of wire bonding equipment and spare parts, packaging materials and test interconnect products. Set forth below is 
a table listing the percentage of our total net revenues from continuing operations for each business segment: 

(dollars in thousands) 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 
2004 

2003 

2005 

Net 
Revenues 
$  198,447 
    174,471 
    104,882 
           135 
$  477,935 

% of 
Total Net 
Revenues 
42% 
37% 
21% 
- 
100% 

Net 
Revenues 
  $ 361,244 
234,690 
121,877 
- 
$ 717,811 

% of 
Total Net 
Revenues 
50% 
33% 
17% 
- 
100% 

Net 
Revenues 
  $ 201,608 
273,934 
85,732 
- 
  $ 561,274 

% of 
Total Net 
Revenues 
36% 
49% 
15% 
- 
100% 

Equipment (1) 
Packaging Materials (1) 
Test interconnect 
Other (2) 

(1) 

(2) 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we sold the assets related to the saw and hard material blade 
businesses that were part of the equipment segment and packaging materials segment, respectively. 
Those businesses had fiscal 2003 net sales of $11.3 million. 
Comprised of sales associated with our substrate business that was closed in fiscal 2002. 

Our equipment sales have been, and are expected to remain, highly volatile due to the semiconductor industry’s need for new 
capability and capacity, whereas packaging materials and test interconnect sales tend to be more stable, following the trend of 
total semiconductor unit production.  

See Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for financial results by business segment. 

Equipment 
We  manufacture  and  market  a  line  of  wire  bonders,  which  are  used  to  connect  very  fine  wires,  typically  made  of  gold, 
aluminum  or  copper,  between  the  bond  pads  of  a  semiconductor  die  and  the  leads  on  the  integrated  circuit  (IC)  package  to 
which the die has been attached. We believe that our wire bonders offer competitive advantages by providing customers with 
high  productivity/throughput  and  superior  package  quality/process  control.  In  particular,  our  machines  are  capable  of 
performing very fine pitch bonding as well as creating the sophisticated wire loop shapes that are needed in the assembly of 
advanced semiconductor packages.  Our principal products are:  

Ball Bonders.  Automatic IC ball bonders represent a large majority of our semiconductor equipment business. 
As part of our competitive strategy, we have been introducing new models of IC ball bonders every 15 to 24 
months, with each new model designed to increase both productivity and process capability compared to its 
predecessor.    In  2005,  we  extended  the  life  of  the  successful  Maxum  product  line,  introducing  the  Maxum 
Ultra to supersede the Maxum Plus and the Maxum Elite to supersede the Nu-Tek.  Each of these machines 
provides  approximately  a  10%  productivity  improvement  over  its  predecessor  and  offers  various  other 
performance improvements. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specialty  Wire  Bonders. We  also  produce  other  models  of  wire  bonders,  targeted  at  specific  market  niches, 
including: the Model 8098, a large area ball bonder designed for wire bonding hybrid, chip on board, and other 
large area applications; and the Model 8090, a large area  wedge bonder. We introduced a new  model  wafer 
stud bumper during the fourth quarter of this year, the AT Premier™. The AT Premier™ is targeted for gold-to-
gold interconnect in the growing flip chip market.  With industry leading speed and technology, the machine 
lowers the cost of ownership for stud bumping, enabling a wider range of applications than previously served. 
We also manufacture and market a line of manual wire bonders. 

We believe that our industry knowledge and technical experience have positioned us to deliver innovative, customer-specific 
offerings  that  reduce  the  cost  of  owning  our  equipment  over  its  useful  life.  In  response  to  customer  trends  in  outsourcing 
packaging  requirements,  we  provide  repair  and  maintenance  services,  a  variety  of  equipment  upgrades,  machine  and 
component rebuild activities and expanded customer training through our customer operations group.  

Packaging Materials 
We  manufacture  and  market  a  range  of  semiconductor  packaging  materials  and  expendable  tools  for  the  semiconductor 
assembly market, including gold, aluminum and copper wire, capillaries, wedges, die collets and saw blades, all of which are 
used in packaging and assembly processes. Our packaging materials are designed for use on both our own and our competitors’ 
assembly  equipment.    A  wire  bonder  uses  a  capillary  or  wedge  tool  and  bonding  wire  much  like  a  sewing  machine  uses  a 
needle and thread. Our principal products are:  

Bonding  Wire.  We  manufacture  gold,  aluminum  and  copper  wire  used  in  the  wire  bonding  process.  This 
wire is bonded to the chip surface and package substrate by the wire bonder and becomes a permanent part 
of  the  customer’s  semiconductor  package.  We  produce  wire  to  a  wide  range  of  specifications,  which  can 
satisfy most wire bonding applications across the spectrum of semiconductor packages.  

Expendable Tools. Our expendable tools include a wide variety of capillaries, wedges, die collets and wafer 
saw blades. The capillaries and wedges actually attach the wire to the semiconductor chip, allow a precise 
amount of wire to be fed out to form a permanent wire loop, then attach the wire to the package substrate, 
and finally cut the wire so that the bonding process can be repeated again. Die collets are used to pick up 
and place die into packages before the wire bonding process begins. Our hub blades are used to cut silicon 
wafers into individual semiconductor die.  

Test Interconnect  
We  offer  a  broad  range  of  fixtures  used  to  temporarily  contact  a  semiconductor  device  while  it  is  still  in  the  wafer  format 
(wafer probing), thereby providing electrical connections to automatic test equipment. We also offer test sockets used to test 
the final semiconductor package (package or final testing). Our principal test interconnect products are:  

Probe  cards.  Probe  cards  consist  of  complex,  multilayer  printed  circuit  boards  (PCB)  upon  which  are 
attached numerous probe needles designed to make temporary contact to each of the bond pads or bumps on 
a die while the die is still in a wafer format, providing electrical connections to automatic test equipment.  

Automatic  Test  Equipment  (ATE)  interface  assemblies.  ATE  interface  assemblies  typically  consist  of 
electro-mechanical assemblies, electrical contactors and intricate multilayer PCBs, which mechanically and 
electrically connect to the ATE test prober and carry electrical signals to a probe card, and ultimately the 
semiconductor device under test.  

Test sockets. Test sockets hold packaged semiconductor devices while making electrical connections to their 
leads through spring loaded contacts.  

Changes in the design of a semiconductor device often require changes in the probe card, test socket and, in certain cases, the 
ATE interface assembly used to test that semiconductor. Customers generally purchase new versions of these custom-designed 
products each time there is a design change in the semiconductor being tested. Changes in semiconductor design and processes 
drive improvements in test interconnect technology in order to support significant increases in the number and density of bond 
pads or leads being tested and the speed of the electrical signals being tested.  

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounting Policies, Pronouncements and Estimates 

We believe the following accounting policy is critical to the preparation of our financial statements:  

Revenue  Recognition.  Our  revenue  recognition  policy  is  in  accordance  with  Staff  Accounting  Bulletin  No.  104  (SAB  104), 
Revenue  Recognition.  We  recognize  revenue  when  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  delivery  has  occurred  or 
services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, the collectibility is reasonably assured, and we have satisfied 
equipment  installation  obligations  and  received  customer  acceptance,  or  are  otherwise  released  from  our  installation  or 
customer acceptance obligations. In the event terms of the sale provide for a lapsing customer acceptance period, we recognize 
revenue  based  upon  the  expiration  of  the  lapsing  acceptance  period  or  customer  acceptance,  whichever  occurs  first.  Our 
standard terms are Ex Works (K&S factory), with title transferring to our customer at our loading dock or upon embarkation. 
We do have a small percentage of sales with other terms, and revenue is recognized in accordance with the terms of the related 
customer purchase order. Revenue related to services is generally recognized upon performance of the services requested by a 
customer. Revenue for extended maintenance service contracts with a term more than one month is recognized on a prorated 
straight-line basis over the term of the contract. Revenue from royalty arrangements and license agreements is recognized in 
accordance with the contract terms, generally prorated over the life of the contract or based upon specific deliverables.  

Our business is subject to contingencies related to customer orders as follows:  

•  Right  of  Return:  A  large  portion  of  our  revenue  comes  from  the  sale  of  machines  that  are  used  in  the 
semiconductor assembly process. These items are generally built to order, and often include customization 
to a customer’s specifications. Other product sales relate to consumable products, which are sold in high-
volume quantities, and are generally maintained at low stock levels at our customer’s facility. As a result, 
customer returns have historically represented a very small percentage of customer sales on an annual basis. 
Our  policy  is  to  provide  an  allowance  for  customer  returns  based  upon  our  historical  experience  and 
management assumptions.  

•  Warranties:  Our  products  are  generally  shipped  with  a  one-year  warranty  against  manufacturer’s  defects 
and  we  generally  do  not  offer  extended  warranties  in  the  normal  course  of  our  business.  We  recognize  a 
liability for estimated warranty expense when revenue for the related product is recognized. The estimated 
liability for warranty is based upon historical experience and our estimates of future expenses.  

•  Conditions  of  Acceptance:  Sales  of  our  consumable  products  and  bonding  wire  generally  do  not  have 
customer acceptance terms. In certain cases, sales of our equipment products do have customer acceptance 
clauses which generally require that the equipment perform in accordance with specifications during an on-
site factory inspection by the customer, as well as when installed at the customer’s facility. In such cases, if 
the terms of acceptance are satisfied at our facility prior to shipment, the revenue for the equipment will be 
recognized upon shipment. If the terms of acceptance are satisfied at our customer’s facility, the revenue for 
the  equipment  will  be  not  be  recognized  until  acceptance,  which  typically  consists  of  installation  and 
testing, is received from the customer.  

•  Price Protection: We do not provide price protection to our customers. 

Critical Estimates and Assumptions: 

Generally  accepted  accounting  principles  require  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of 
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The more significant areas involving the use of estimates in our 
financial  statements  include  allowances  for  uncollectible  accounts  receivable,  reserves  for  excess  and  obsolete  inventory, 
carrying  value  and  lives  of  fixed  assets,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  valuation  allowances  for  deferred  tax  assets  and 
deferred  tax  liabilities,  repatriation  of  unremitted  foreign  subsidiary  earnings,  self-insurance  reserves,  pension  benefit 
liabilities, resizing, warranties, and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions 
that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which are the basis for making judgments about the 
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates under different assumptions or conditions.  

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We believe the following accounting policies require significant judgments and estimates:  

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts.  We  maintain  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  resulting  from  the 
inability of our customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting 
in  an  impairment  of  their  ability  to  make  payments,  additional  allowances  may  be  required.  We  are  also  subject  to 
concentrations  of  customers  and  sales  to  a  few  geographic  locations,  which  would  also  impact  the  collectability  of  certain 
receivables. If economic or political conditions were to change in some of the countries where we do business, it could have a 
significant impact on the results of our operations, and our ability to realize the full value of our accounts receivable.  

Inventory Reserves. We generally provide reserves for obsolete inventory and for inventory considered to be in excess of 12 or 
18 months of forecasted future demand. The forecasted demand is based upon internal projections, historical sales volumes, 
customer order activity and a review of consumable inventory levels at our customers’ facilities. We communicate forecasts of 
our future demand to our suppliers and adjust commitments to those suppliers accordingly. If required, we record additional 
reserves  for  the  difference  between  the  carrying  value  of  our  inventory  and  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  value,  based  upon 
assumptions about future demand, market conditions and the next cyclical market upturn. If actual market conditions are less 
favorable than our projections, additional inventory reserves may be required. We review and physically dispose of excess and 
obsolete inventory on a regular basis.  

Valuation  of  Long-lived  Assets.  Our  long-lived  assets  include  property,  plant  and  equipment,  and  goodwill  and  intangible 
assets.  Our  property,  plant  and  equipment  and  intangible  assets  are  depreciated  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  and  are 
reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  the  carrying  amount  of  these  assets  may  not  be 
recoverable. The fair value of our goodwill and intangible assets is based upon our estimates of future cash flows and other 
factors  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  the  respective  assets.  We  manage  and  value  our  intangible  technology  assets  in  the 
aggregate, as one asset group, not by individual technology. We perform our annual goodwill and intangible assets impairment 
tests in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, which coincides with our annual planning process. We also test for impairment 
whenever  a  “triggering”  event  occurs.    Our impairment  testing  resulted  in  an  impairment  charge related  to  our  test  segment 
business  of  $100.6  million  in  fiscal  2005,  an  impairment  charge  of  $3.2  million  in  fiscal  2004  related  to  our  PC  board 
fabrication  business,  and  an  impairment  charge  of  $10.5  million  in  fiscal  2003  ($3.6  million  was  included  in  continuing 
operations and $6.9 million was included in discontinued operations) related to actions taken within our test business segment. 
The  fiscal  2003  impairment  charge  included  $6.9  million  related  to  our  flip  chip  business  unit,  $1.7  million  related  to 
manufacturing equipment for a discontinued test product, $1.2 million related to manufacturing equipment in our Dallas, Texas 
test facility and $0.7 million related to write-downs of assets sold and write-offs of obsolete assets. If our actual results are less 
favorable than the estimates or assumptions used to determine the fair value of the respective assets, we may be required to 
record additional impairment charges in accordance with SFAS 142 and SFAS 144.  

Deferred Taxes. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that we expect is more likely 
than not to be realized. While we have considered future taxable income and our ongoing tax planning strategies in assessing 
the need for the valuation allowance, if we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the 
future in excess of our net recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such 
determination was made. Likewise, should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax 
assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would decrease income in the period such determination was made. 
In  fiscal  2002  and  2003  we  established  a  valuation  allowance  against  our  deferred  tax  assets  generated  from  our  U.S.  net 
operating losses. In fiscal 2004 we reversed the portion of the valuation allowance that was equal to the U.S. federal income tax 
expense on our U.S. income for that fiscal year. In fiscal 2005, we generated additional U.S. net operating loss carryforwards 
and established additional valuation allowances against these deferred tax assets. Also in fiscal 2005, we reduced the valuation 
allowance against U.S. net operating loss carryfowards for the planned repatriation of certain foreign earnings in fiscal 2006. If 
we were to generate additional U.S. net operating loss carryforwards, additional valuation allowances would be set up against 
these deferred tax assets. 

Resizing.  We  have  engaged  and  may  continue  to  engage  in  resizing  activities  in  response  to  the  semiconductor  industry’s 
volatility. Our resizing plans require us to make significant estimates in several areas including the realizable values of assets, 
expenses for severance and other employee separation costs, and costs for lease terminations. The amounts we have accrued 
represent  our  estimates  of  the  obligations  we  ultimately  expect  to  incur  in  connection  with  our  resizing  plans,  but  could  be 
subject to change due to various factors, including market conditions and the outcome of negotiations with third parties. Any 
additional resizing actions may have an negative effect on our operating results in the period in which any such action is taken. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview of Statement of Operations 

Net  revenues.  Our  equipment  sales  depend  on  the  capital  expenditures  of  semiconductor  manufacturers  and  subcontract 
assemblers worldwide, which in turn, depend on the current and anticipated market demand for semiconductors and technology 
driven advancements in semiconductor design. 

Our  packaging  materials  sales  depend  on  manufacturing  expenditures  of  semiconductor  manufacturers  and  subcontract 
assemblers  worldwide,  many  of  which  also  purchase  our  equipment  products.  However,  the  volatility  in  demand  for  our 
packaging materials is less than that of our equipment sales due to the consumable nature of these products. To a lesser extent, 
our gold wire sales are impacted by changes in the price of gold. 

Our  test  interconnect  solutions  sales  depend  on  the  manufacturing  expenditures  of  some  of  the  same  semiconductor 
manufacturers and subcontractors as our equipment and packaging materials sales, as well as other customers. Because of the 
consumable and customized nature of most of our test products, however, the volatility in demand for these test products is less 
than that of our equipment sales.  

Cost of goods sold. Equipment cost of goods sold consists mainly of subassemblies, materials, direct and indirect labor costs 
and other overhead. We rely on subcontractors to manufacture many of the components and subassemblies for our products 
and we rely on sole source suppliers for some material components.  

Packaging materials cost of goods sold consists primarily of gold and aluminum, direct labor and other materials used in the 
manufacture of bonding wire, capillaries, wedges and other company products, with gold making up the majority of the cost. 
Gold  bonding  wire  is  generally  priced  based  on  a  fabrication  charge  per  1,000  feet  of  wire,  plus  the  value  of  the  gold.  To 
minimize our exposure to gold price fluctuations, we obtain gold for fabrication under a contract with our gold supplier, which 
generally matches the price we pay for the gold with the price we invoice our customers. Accordingly, fluctuations in the price 
of gold are generally absorbed by our gold supplier or passed on to our customers. Since gold makes up a significant portion of 
the  cost  of  goods  sold  of  our  bonding  wire  business  unit,  the  gross  profit  as  a  percentage  of  sales  of  that  business  unit  and 
therefore of the packaging materials segment is lower than can be expected in the equipment business. 
Test interconnect cost of goods sold consists primarily of direct labor and indirect labor for engineering design and materials 
used in the manufacture of wafer and IC package testing cards and devices. 

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expense.  Our  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  is  comprised  primarily  of 
personnel and related costs, professional fees, and depreciation expense.  

Research  and  development  expense.  Our  research  and  development  costs  consist  primarily  of  labor,  prototype  material  and 
other costs associated with our development efforts to strengthen our product lines and develop new products and depreciation 
expense.  Included in research and development expense is the cost to develop the software that operates our semiconductor 
assembly  equipment,  which  is  expensed  as  incurred.  We  expect  to  continue  to  incur  significant  research  and  development 
costs.  

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations  

Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2003, 2004 , and 2005 

The table below shows the principal line items from our consolidated statements of operations, as a percentage of our net sales: 

Net revenue
Cost of goods sold

Gross margin
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development, net
Resizing
Asset impairment
Goodwill impairment
Amortization of intangibles
Gain on sale of assets
Loss on sale of product lines
Income (loss) from operations

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 30, 
2004

%

100.0
67.8

32.2
14.1
4.8
(0.0)
0.5
-
1.3
(0.1)
-
11.7

%

2003

100.0
73.2

%

26.8
21.4
8.0
(0.1)
0.8
-
1.9
-
1.1
(6.3)

%

2005

100.0
74.8

%

25.2
16.8
7.3
-
8.7
9.2
1.1
(0.4)
-
(17.5)

%

Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004  

Bookings and Backlog. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, we recorded bookings of $600.5 million compared to 
$718.5 million in fiscal 2004. A booking is recorded when a customer order is reviewed and a determination is made that all 
specifications  can  be  met,  production  (or  service)  can  be  scheduled,  a  delivery  date  can  be  set,  and  the  customer  meets  the 
Company’s credit requirements.  At September 30, 2005, the backlog of customer orders totaled $99.0 million, compared to 
$59.7 million at September 30, 2004. Since the timing of deliveries may vary and orders are generally subject to cancellation, 
our backlog as of any date may not be indicative of net sales for any succeeding period. 

Net Revenues  

Business segment net revenues:  

Equipment 
Packaging materials 
Test interconnect 

(dollar amounts in thousands) 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 
2005 
$  201,608 
273,934 
85,732 
$  561,274 

  % Change 
(44.2)  % 
16.7   % 
(29.7)  % 
(21.8)  % 

2004 
$  361,244 
234,690 
121,877 
$  717,811 

Net Revenue. Overall, net revenue for fiscal 2005 decreased $156.5 million, or 22% to $561.3 million from $717.8 million in 
fiscal 2004. Following is a review of net revenue for each of our three business segments. 

For fiscal 2005, net revenue for the equipment segment declined $159.6 million, or 44% to $201.6 million from $361.2 million 
in  fiscal  2004.  This  decrease  in  revenue  was  primarily  due  to  a  51%  reduction  in  unit  sales  of  our  automatic  ball  bonders 
caused by reduced industry-wide demand for backend semiconductor equipment. Partially offsetting this decrease in unit sales 
was a 2% increase in average selling prices, resulting from higher average selling prices on our next generation automatic ball 
bonders. Generally, the proportion of newer models sold, as well as product and customer mix, impact average selling prices. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
           
           
           
          
          
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
          
          
           
           
           
          
         
        
For  fiscal  2005,  net  revenue  for  the  packaging  materials  segment  increased  $39.2  million,  or  17%  to  $273.9  million  from 
$234.7 million in fiscal 2004. This increase in revenue resulted from a $43.7 million increase in wire revenue that was partially 
offset by a $4.2 million reduction in expendable tools revenue. The $43.7 million increase in wire revenue was primarily due to 
a  27.2%  increase  in  gold  wire  unit  volumes  caused  by  increased  orders  from  existing  customers  and  two  new  customers  in 
Taiwan,  along  with  a  8.0%  increase  in  average  selling  prices  caused  by  an  increase  in  the  price  of  gold.  The  $4.2  million 
reduction  in  expendable  tools  revenue  was  primarily  due  to  an  8%  reduction  in  average  selling  prices  caused  by  pricing 
pressures,  and  a  4%  reduction  in  capillary  unit  sales  caused  by  lower  industry-wide  demand.  Gold  wire  selling  prices  are 
heavily dependent upon the price of gold and can fluctuate significantly from period to period.  

For fiscal 2005, our test segment net revenue decreased $36.1 million, or 30% to $85.7 million from $121.9 million in fiscal 
2004.  The lower net revenues were primarily due to reduced industry-wide demand, reduced market share caused by factory 
closings and operations transfers, product pricing pressures, and lower demand for our products from our customers. Blended 
average selling prices are not meaningful in the test business due to lack of a standard unit of measure and the large difference 
in types sold.  As such, blended average selling price is not a metric used by management 

The majority of our sales are to customers that are located outside of the United States or that have manufacturing facilities 
outside of the United States. Shipments of our products with ultimate foreign destinations comprised 88% of our total sales in 
fiscal  2005  compared  to  86%  in  the  prior  fiscal  year.  The  majority  of  these  foreign  sales  were  to  customer  locations  in  the 
Asia/Pacific region, including Taiwan, Malaysia, Korea, Singapore, Japan. Taiwan accounted for the largest single destination 
for our product shipments with 24% of our shipments in fiscal 2005 compared to 25% of our shipments in the prior fiscal year. 

Gross Profit  

Business segment gross profit: 

Equipment 
Packaging materials 
Test interconnect 

(dollar amounts in thousands) 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 

2004 
152,382 
52,032 
26,591 
231,005 

$ 

$ 

% 
Sales 
42.2% 
22.2% 
21.8% 
32.2% 

2005 
85,837 
49,933 
5,809 
141,579 

$ 

$ 

% 
Sales 
42.6% 
18.2% 
6.8% 
25.2% 

Gross profit. Overall, gross profit for fiscal 2005 decreased $89.4 million to $141.6 million from $231.0 in fiscal 2004. This 
lower gross profit is primarily due to reduced industry-wide demand, particularly for automatic ball bonders sold within our 
equipment segment. To a lesser extent, the lower gross profit was caused by higher unit costs within our test business segment 
resulting from decreased demand for our test products and duplicate production costs as we increased production capacity at 
our  China  facility  to  allow  for  the  transfer  and  shutdown  of  certain  test  segment  production  operations  in  Europe  and  the 
United States. Gross margin (which represents gross profit divided by revenues) decreased to 25.2% during fiscal 2005 from 
32.2% during fiscal 2004. This decrease was primarily due to a product mix shift from higher margin equipment sales to lower 
margin package materials segment sales, and to higher unit costs within our test segment. 

For fiscal 2005, gross profit for the equipment segment decreased $66.6 million to $85.8 million from $152.4 million in fiscal 
2004, as industry-wide demand for automatic ball bonders declined sharply.  Our equipment segment gross margin increased 
slightly from 42.2% in fiscal 2004 to 42.6% in fiscal 2005. 

For fiscal 2005, gross profit for our packaging materials segment decreased $2.1 million to $49.9 million from $52.0 million in 
fiscal  2004.  This  $2.1  million  (net)  reduction  was  primarily  due  to  lower  average  selling  prices  for  our  capillary  products 
(caused by pricing pressures) that amounted to $4.0 million, which was partially offset by an increase in gross profit of $1.9 
million from increased gold wire sales. Our packaging materials segment gross margin declined to 18.2% during fiscal 2005 
from 22.2% in fiscal 2004. This decline in gross margin was primarily due to a higher percentage of lower margin wire sales 
compared to other packaging materials sold, as wire sales increased 25% during fiscal 2005 from fiscal 2004. An 8% increase 
in the cost of gold also contributed to the decline in gross margins during fiscal 2005, compared to fiscal 2004.  

For fiscal 2005, gross profit for our test segment decreased $20.8 million to $5.8 million from $26.6 million in fiscal 2004. Our 
test segment gross margin also declined to 6.8% during fiscal 2005, from 21.8% in fiscal 2004.  This decline in gross profit and 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
gross margin was due to higher unit costs caused by lower production volumes as demand for our test products decreased and 
lower average selling prices. Increased unit costs associated with the production capacity added to our China facility to provide 
for the transfer and shutdown of certain test segment operations in Europe and the United States also contributed to the lower 
gross margin. 

Operating Expenses 

Selling, general and administrative 
Research and development 
Resizing (recovery) costs 
Asset impairment 
Goodwill impairment 
Gain on sale of assets 
Amortization of intangible assets 

(dollar amounts in thousands) 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 

  % 

  % 

2004 

$  101,225  
34,611  
(68) 
3,293  
- 
(1,023) 
9,022  
$  147,060  

Sales 
14.1% 
4.8% 
- 
0.5% 
- 
(0.1)% 
1.3% 
20.5% 

$ 

2005 
94,473  
41,025  
- 
48,820  
51,756  
(2,173) 
6,225  
$  240,126  

Sales 
16.8% 
7.3% 
- 
8.7% 
9.2% 
(0.4)% 
1.1% 
42.7% 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses 

Selling,  General  and  Administrative  (“SG&A”)  expenses  of  $94.5  million  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  2005 
decreased $6.7 million compared to the SG&A expenses of $101.2 million in fiscal 2004. This decrease was primarily due to a 
decrease  in  incentive  compensation  of  $8.2  million,  which  was  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  professional  fees  of  $2.3 
million, which includes the costs associated with the Company’s compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 
of 2002. Incentive compensation expense is recorded when net income and certain other performance targets are achieved.  

Research and Development 

Research and Development expenses for fiscal 2005 increased $6.4 million to $41.0 million from $34.6 million in fiscal 2004. 
Approximately one half of the increase was caused by an increase in compensation costs (caused by an increase in headcount) 
with the other half of the increase resulting from an increase in engineering prototype expenses as we increased our investment 
in the research and development of next-generation products for the ball bonder, package test and vertical test product lines. 

Resizing 

The  Company  recorded  resizing  charges  of  $18.8  million  in  fiscal  2002  and  $4.2  million  in  fiscal  2001.  In  fiscal  2004,  the 
Company reversed $0.1 million of these resizing charges and in fiscal 2003 it reversed $0.5 million of these resizing charges as 
the actual severance costs were less than the costs originally estimated. 

In addition to the formal resizing costs identified below, the Company continued (and is continuing) to downsize its operations. 
These downsizing efforts resulted in workforce reduction charges, consisting primarily of severance and benefit payments, of 
$3.7  million  in  fiscal  2005  compared  to  $4.5  million  in  fiscal  2004.  In  contrast  to  the  resizing  plans  discussed  above,  these 
workforce reductions were not related to formal or distinct restructurings, but rather, the normal and recurring management of 
employment levels in response to business conditions and our ongoing effort to reduce the Company’s cost structure. These 
recurring workforce reduction charges were recorded as Selling, General and Administrative expenses. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A table of the charges, reversals and payments of the formal resizing plans initiated in fiscal 2002 appears below: 

Fiscal 2002 Resizing Plans 

Provision for resizing plans in fiscal 2002 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Payment of obligations 

Balance, September 30, 2002 

Change in estimate 
Payment of obligations 

Balance, September 30, 2003 

Change in estimate 
Payment of obligations 

Balance, September 30, 2004 

Payment of obligations 

Balance, September 30, 2005 

(in thousands) 

Severance 
and Benefits 

Commitments 

Total 

$               9,486  
893  
(5,914) 
4,465  
(455) 
(3,135) 
875  
(68) 
(440) 
367  
(342) 
$                    25  

  $               9,282  
- 
(300) 
8,982  
- 
(3,192) 
5,790  
- 
(2,619) 
3,171  
(2,064) 
  $               1,107  

  $             18,768  
893  
(6,214) 
13,447 
(455) 
(6,327) 
6,665  
(68) 
(3,059) 
3,538  
(2,406) 
  $               1,132  

The plans have been completed but cash payments for the severance charges are expected to continue into fiscal 2006, or such 
time  as  the  obligations  can  be  satisfied.  Commitments  represent  non-cancelable  operating  lease  obligations.  Payments  for 
operating lease commitments are expected to continue into fiscal 2006.  

Intangible Asset Impairment (other than Goodwill) 

The  following  table  presents  a  summary  of  the  intangible  asset  impairment  charges  recorded  for  the  fiscal  years  ended 
September 30, 2004 and 2005: 

(dollar amounts in thousands) 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 

2004 

  % 

Sales 

2005 

  % 

Sales 

Intangible asset impairment 

$  3,293  

0.5% 

$48,820  

8.7% 

Our  identifiable  intangible  assets  (other  than  goodwill)  were  comprised  of  complete  technology  and  customer  accounts  and 
relate to our Test segment. 

In  accordance  with  SFAS  144,  “Accounting  for  the  Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-lived  Assets”,  we  perform  impairment 
testing of identifiable intangible assets if impairment triggers have been identified. Our identifiable intangible assets other than 
goodwill  are  tested  for  impairment  based  on  undiscounted  cash  flows,  and  if  impaired  written-down  to  fair  value  based  on 
either discounted cash flows or appraised values. The identifiable other intangible assets in our Test segment were comprised 
of customer accounts and complete technology. We manage and value our complete technology in the aggregate as one asset 
group. 

During  fiscal  2005,  we  tested  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  (other  than  goodwill)  of  the  Test  segment  for  potential 
impairment  due  to  the  existence  of  impairment  triggers,  which  were  difficulties  in  the  development  of  new  Test  products, 
challenges  in  the  introduction  of  these  products,  and  greater  than  expected  losses  incurred  in  the  Test  segment.  Due  to  the 
amount  of  other  intangible  assets  associated  with  the  Company’s  test  reporting  unit,  the  Company  retained  an  independent 
valuation  firm  to  assist  management  in  estimating  the  test  reporting  unit’s  fair  value.  Based  on  these  analyses,  it  was 
determined that the fair value of the identifiable intangible assets as calculated using the undiscounted future cash flows was 
less than the carrying value of the net assets of the Test segment. As such, an asset impairment charge totaling $48.8 million 
was recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2005 to fully write off the customer account and complete technology 
assets  of  the  Test  segment.  Of  this  charge,  $22.5  million  represented  customer  accounts  and  $26.3  million  represented 
complete technology intangible assets. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
During fiscal 2004 we performed interim impairment testing of our intangible assets (other than goodwill) as a result of the sale 
of certain assets of the Test segment, and recorded an impairment charge of $3.2 million associated with the reporting unit’s 
purchased technology intangible asset. 

Goodwill Impairment 

The following table presents a summary of the Test segment goodwill impairment charges recorded for the fiscal years ended 
September 30, 2004 and 2005: 

(dollar amounts in thousands) 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 

2004 

  % 

Sales 

2005 

  % 

Sales 

Goodwill impairment 

$           - 

- % 

$ 51,756 

9.2% 

We had goodwill that related to two of our reporting units. The reporting units were the bonding wire unit, which is included in 
our Packaging Materials segment, and the test business unit, comprising the Company’s Test segment. 

We perform an annual impairment test for goodwill at the end of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, which coincides with 
the completion of our annual forecasting process. We also test for impairment between our annual tests if a “triggering” event 
occurs that may have the effect of reducing the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. When conducting our 
goodwill impairment analysis, we calculate our potential impairment charges based on the two-step test identified in SFAS 142 
and using the fair value of the respective reporting units. We use the present value of future cash flows from the  respective 
reporting units to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting unit and the implied fair value of goodwill. 

Due  to  the  existence  of  impairment  triggers,  in  June  2005,  we  performed  interim  impairment  tests  on  the  Test  segment’s 
goodwill  and  other  long-lived  tangible  and  intangible  assets.  These  triggers  included  the  identification  of  difficulties  in  the 
development of new Test products, challenges in the introduction of these products, and greater than expected losses incurred 
by  the  Test  segment.  The  Company  retained  an  independent  valuation  firm  to  assist  management  in  estimating  the  test 
reporting  unit’s  fair  value.  The  implied  fair  value  of  the  test  reporting  unit  goodwill  was  determined  by  discounting  the 
projected future cash flows from this reporting unit (the fair value of the reporting unit) and then performing an allocation of 
this  fair  value  to  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  of  the  reporting  unit,  with  the  residual 
representing  the  implied  fair  value  of  the  goodwill.  Based  on  these  analyses,  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  totaling  $51.8 
million was identified and recorded during fiscal 2005 to completely write off the goodwill of the test reporting unit. 

No  impairment  charge  was  recorded  for  the  Packaging  Materials  segment’s  goodwill,  as  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit (and the implied fair value goodwill) exceeded the carrying value of the goodwill as of September 30, 2005. 

Amortization of Intangible Assets 

Amortization of intangible assets for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 was $6.2 million compared to $9.0 million in 
fiscal  2004.  The  decrease  in  amortization  expense  of  $2.8  million  was  due  to  the  intangible  asset  impairment  write  downs 
recorded during the third quarter of fiscal 2005. 

Gain on sale of assets 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005, the $2.2 million net gain on sale of assets consists of a gain on the sale of our 
wedge bonding technology of $1.6 million, the gain on the sale of land and building in Gilbert, Arizona (previously owned by a 
variable interest entity) of $1.5 million, and the loss on disposal of assets used in our Test business segment of $0.9 million. In 
fiscal 2004, we realized a gain of $0.9 million on the sale of land and a building and $0.1 million on the sale of a portion of our 
PC board business. 

24 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) From Operations  

Income (loss) from operations by business segment appears below: 

Equipment 
Packaging materials 
Test 
Corporate and other 

(dollar amounts in thousands) 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 

2004 
93,311  
30,090  
(21,516) 
(17,940) 
83,945  

$ 

$ 

% 
Sales 
25.8%  
12.8%  
(17.7)% 
       - % 
11.7%  

2005 
34,410  
25,674  
(141,590) 
(17,041) 
(98,547) 

$ 

$ 

% 
Sales 
17.1 % 
9.4 % 
(165.2)% 
       - % 
(17.5)% 

For fiscal 2005, we incurred a loss from operations of $98.5 million, compared to income from operations of $83.9 million in 
fiscal  2004.  This  change  (from  income  to  a  loss)  was  primarily  due  to  non-cash  intangible  asset  and  goodwill  impairment 
charges  of  $100.6  million  that  were  recorded  during  fiscal  2005  and  a  $156.5  million  decline  in  sales  caused  by  reduced 
industry-wide demand for automatic ball bonders. 

For fiscal 2005, income from operations for our equipment business segment decreased $58.9 million due to reduced industry-
wide demand for our automatic ball bonders. Income from operations for our packaging materials business segment decreased 
$4.4 million due to lower capillary sales caused by pricing pressures and lower industry-wide demand. The increase in the loss 
from operations of our test business segment was primarily due to three factors: (1) goodwill and intangible asset impairment 
charges of $100.6 million, (2) lower revenues caused by reduced industry-wide demand, reduced market share, product pricing 
pressures,  and  lower  demand  for  our  products  from  our  customers,  and  (3)  higher  unit  costs  caused  by  lower  production 
volumes  and  the  production  capacity  added  to  our  China  facility  to  provide  for  the  transfer  and  shutdown  of  certain  test 
segment operations in Europe and the United States. 

The loss from operations within our Corporate and other segment decreased $0.9 million during fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 
2004. This net decrease was primarily due to decreases in employee compensation and incentive compensation expense of $8.7 
million, resizing expense of $0.5 million, and foreign currency translation losses of $0.7 million. These decreases were mostly 
offset by increases in professional fees and outside services of $4.5 million, relocation expenses of $1.0 million, and a decrease 
in corporate expenses allocated to the Company’s other business segments of $3.6 million. 

Interest Income and Expense 

Interest income during fiscal 2005 was $1.1 million higher than in fiscal 2004 due to higher rates of return on invested cash 
balances. Interest expense during fiscal 2005 was $3.8 million compared to $10.5 million in fiscal 2004. Interest expense in 
both  the  current  and  prior  fiscal  year  primarily  reflects  interest  on  our  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes.  The  reduction  in 
interest expense for fiscal 2005 was due to the early extinguishment of our 4.75% and 5.25% Convertible Subordinated Notes 
and issuance of our 0.5% and 1.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes during fiscal 2004. 

Charge on Early Extinguishment of Debt 

In fiscal 2004, we incurred costs of $10.5 million to redeem our 4.75% and 5.25% convertible subordinated notes, of which 
$6.0  million  was  a  redemption  premium  cash  charge  and  $4.5  million  was  due  to  the  write-off  of  deferred  financing  costs 
associated with the initial issuance of the notes during fiscal 2004. 

Provision for Income Taxes 

The provision for income taxes for fiscal 2005 reflects income tax expense of $4.0 million, which primarily consists of $4.1 
million  of  income  taxes  on  income  earned  in  foreign  jurisdictions,  $3.3  million  for  additional  foreign  income  tax  exposure, 
$0.6 million for the potential repatriation of foreign earnings, and a credit of $3.9 million associated with a reduction of the 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
valuation allowance on U.S. net operating loss carryfowards due to the planned repatriation of foreign earnings in fiscal 2006.  
During fiscal 2005, we increased our valuation allowance against U.S. net operating loss carryforwards by approximately $3.0 
million, which is equal to the amount of deferred tax asset generated by additional U.S. net operating loss carryforwards.  Our 
tax expense in fiscal 2004 reflects income tax on income in foreign jurisdictions, alternative minimum tax on U.S. income and 
a provision for California state income tax. 

Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have 
lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates by changes in the valuation 
of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof. 
We regularly assess the effects resulting from these factors to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. 

On October 22, 2004, the U.S. Government passed The American Jobs Creation Act (the “Act”). The Act provides for certain 
tax benefits including but not limited to the reinvestment of foreign earnings in the United States. For fiscal 2006, we can elect, 
under  the  Act,  to  apply  an  85%  dividends-received  deduction  against  certain  dividends  received  from  controlled  foreign 
corporations, in which it is a U.S. shareholder. We have evaluated the potential benefit(s) under the Act and concluded that we 
are unlikely to derive a material benefit from doing so.  

Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2004 and September 30, 2003 

Bookings and Backlog.   During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, we recorded bookings of $718.5 million compared 
to $488.8 million in fiscal 2003. A booking is recorded when a customer order is reviewed and a determination is made that all 
specifications  can  be  met,  production  (or  service)  can  be  scheduled,  a  delivery  date  can  be  set,  and  the  customer  meets  the 
Company’s credit requirements.  At September 30, 2004, the backlog of customer orders totaled $59.7 million, compared to 
$59.9 million at September 30, 2003. Since the timing of deliveries may vary and orders are generally subject to cancellation, 
our backlog as of any date may not be indicative of net sales for any succeeding period. For example, on August 10, 2004, we 
announced that discussions with customers indicated a general slowing in the rate of semiconductor growth. As a result, some 
of these customers requested that we delay the shipment of wire bonders previously ordered and included in our backlog of 
customer orders at June 30, 2004. 

Sales  

Business segment net sales:  

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Other (1)

            (dollars amounts in thousands)
           Fiscal year ended September 30,
%
Change

2004

2003

$      

$     

198,447
174,471
104,882
135
477,935

361,244
234,690
121,877
-
717,811

82.0%
34.5%
16.2%
-
50.2%

$      

$     

(1) Comprised of residual sales associated with our substrate business that was closed in fiscal 2002. 

Sales. Net sales from continuing operations for the year ended September 30, 2004 were $717.8 million, an increase of 50.2% 
from $477.9 million in fiscal 2003 due primarily to the improved demand in the semiconductor industry for our automatic ball 
bonders throughout the majority of fiscal 2004. 

Our equipment segment was the primary beneficiary of the increased demand in the semiconductor industry during fiscal 2004, 
recording  an  82.0%  increase  in  net  sales  compared  to  the  prior  year.  According  to  VLSI  Research,  our  market  share  of 
worldwide revenue for automatic ball bonders for the first half of calendar 2004 increased to 49% from 41% in the second half 
of calendar 2003 and 36% in the first half of calendar 2003. The higher net sales resulted primarily from a 122.1% increase in 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
       
        
       
               
               
            
unit  sales  of  our  automatic  ball  bonders.  We  recorded  our  highest  quarterly  ball  bonder  unit  volume  in  the  history  of  the 
Company in the second quarter of fiscal 2004. This large percentage increase in ball bonder unit sales was partially offset by 
the elimination of sales of dicing saws in fiscal 2004 due to the sale of this business in August 2003, relatively flat sales in 
specialty bonders and spare parts, and a lower average selling price (ASP) per ball bonder. The blended ASP for our automatic 
ball bonders was 5.1% lower than the prior year, due primarily to customer mix. This reflected general lowering of ASP for 
any particular model over its product life cycle. To mitigate this we introduce new models with additional features that enable 
us to realize a higher selling price.  We experienced a higher ASP on our newer Maxum Plus model compared to Maxum.  The 
blended ASP varies with the proportion of newer models sold and with customer mix.  

Our packaging materials business also benefited from the increased demand in the semiconductor industry with a $60.2 million 
or 34.5% increase in net sales.  Our capillary unit sales were up 26.3% in fiscal 2004 compared to the prior year.  Blended 
capillary  ASP  was  down  slightly  (2.9%)  from  the  prior  year.    The  reduction  in  blended  capillary  ASP  is  a  function  of  the 
general decline in unit prices and mix between high and low end capillaries. High end capillaries support advanced packaging 
applications and have higher ASP’s. As in our equipment business, we introduce new capillaries with additional capabilities 
that enable us to realize a higher selling price. Our wire unit sales (measured in Kft) increased 36.6% in fiscal 2004 over the 
prior year due to increased orders from existing customers and new customers. Wire ASP is heavily dependent upon the price 
of gold and can fluctuate significantly from period to period. In fiscal 2004 the price of gold accounted for approximately $20.6 
million of the sales increase over the prior year and the increase in unit volume accounted for approximately $28.5 million of 
the increase. 

Our  test  interconnect  sales  were  $17.0  million  in  fiscal  2004  or  16.2%  above  the  prior  year.  Our  vertically  configured 
retractable pin probe cards accounted for $13.4 million of the increase due to higher unit sales. Net sales of our other major test 
product lines were slightly above the prior year but negatively impacted by the sale of our PC board business in the second 
quarter of fiscal 2004. Our sales of PC board products were approximately $5.5 million lower in fiscal 2004 compared to the 
prior  year.  Blended  ASPs  are  not  meaningful  in  the  test  business  due  to  lack  of  a  standard  unit  of  measure  and  the  large 
difference in part types sold. As such, blended ASP’s are not a metric used by management for test interconnect sales.  

The majority of our sales are to customers that are located outside of the United States or that have manufacturing facilities 
outside of the United States. Shipments of our products with ultimate foreign destinations comprised 86% of our total sales in 
fiscal  2004  compared  to  80%  in  the  prior  fiscal  year.  The  majority  of  these  foreign  sales  were  to  customer  locations  in  the 
Asia/Pacific  region,  including  Taiwan,  Malaysia,  Singapore,  Korea  and  Japan.  Taiwan  accounted  for  the  largest  single 
destination for our product shipments with 25% of our shipments in fiscal 2004 compared to 20% of our shipments in the prior 
fiscal year.  

Gross Profit  

Business segment gross profit: 

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Other(1)

            (dollars amounts in thousands)
           Fiscal year ended September 30,
%
Sales

2004

2003

$     

69,355
41,692
17,026
135
128,208

$   

34.9%
23.9%
16.2%
100.0%
26.8%

$   

$   

152,382
52,032
26,591
-
231,005

%
Sales

42.2%
22.2%
21.8%
NA
32.2%

(1) Comprised of residual gross profit associated with our substrate business that was closed in fiscal 2002. 

Gross  profit.  Gross  profit  increased  80.2%  ($102.8  million)  in  fiscal  2004  from  the  prior  year  and  our  gross  margin  (gross 
profit as a percentage of net sales) improved 5.4 percentage points. The higher gross profit and gross margin was primarily due 
to the improved demand in the semiconductor industry, particularly for our automatic ball bonders. Included in the results for 
fiscal 2004 were $1.5 million of inventory write-downs.  Included in the results for fiscal 2003 is a charge for inventory write-
downs of $5.1 million.  

27 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
       
            
             
Our equipment gross profit increased 119.7% ($83.0 million) from the prior year and the equipment gross margin increased 7.3 
percentage points from the prior year.  The higher sales volume of ball bonders accounted for $55.1 million of the increased 
gross profit and an 18.1% reduction in the manufacturing cost per ball bonders partially offset by the lower ASP accounted for 
$24.4 million of the improvement. Our lower cost per unit was the main reason for the 7.3 percentage point increase in gross 
margin  and  due  to  the  lowering  of  production  costs  over  our  products’  life  cycle  via  better  supply  chain  management, 
engineering more cost effective parts and volume purchasing. 

Our  packaging  materials  gross  profit  increased  24.8%  ($10.3  million)  from  the  prior  year,  with  capillaries  gross  profit 
accounting for $7.9 million of the increase. Higher capillary unit volume accounted for $5.9 million of this improvement and 
lower  capillary  costs  associated  with  shifting  a  portion  of  capillary  production  to  China  accounted  for  $3.1  million  of  the 
variance. These favorable results were partially offset by lower capillary ASP’s. Our wire gross profit was approximately $4.9 
million higher than the prior year reflecting higher unit sales (measured in Kft) but the wire gross margin was lower than the 
prior year due to the increase in the price of gold, which makes up a significant portion of our wire cost of sales.  

Our test interconnect business gross profit increased 56.2% ($9.6 million) and its gross margin increased 5.6 percentage points. 
The  higher  gross  profit  and  gross  margin  was  due  primarily  to  higher  unit  sales  in  our  vertically  configured  retractable  pin 
probe cards and test sockets product lines and the associated manufacturing efficiencies. Duplicate costs associated with the 
start-up of production of cantilever products in our China facility partially offset the positive impact from the higher vertical 
and package test sales.  

Operating Expenses  

Selling, general and administrative
Research and development, net
Resizing(recovery) costs
Asset impairment 
Gain on sale of assets
Amortization of intangible assets
Loss on sale of product lines

            (dollars amounts in thousands)
           Fiscal year ended September 30,

2003

%
Sales

2004

%
Sales

$   

$   

102,327
38,121
(475)
3,629
-
9,260
5,257
158,119

21.4%
8.0%
-0.1%
0.8%
0.0%
1.9%
1.1%
33.1%

$    

$    

101,225
34,611
(68)
3,293
(1,023)
9,022
-
147,060

14.1%
4.8%
0.0%
0.5%
-0.1%
1.3%
0.0%
20.5%

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses.  SG&A  expenses  were  relatively  flat  when  compared  with  the  prior  year  but 
SG&A expense as a percentage of sales was down 7.3 percentage points. In fiscal 2004, SG&A expense included a variable 
expense  for  incentive  compensation  of  $10.3  million  compared  to  no  expense  for  incentive  compensation  in  the  prior  year.  
Also included in fiscal 2004 were: severance charges of $4.5 million ($2.1 million of which was associated with the closing of 
a  probe  card  production  facility  in  France);  and  $1.6  million  of  start-up  costs  in  our  China  facility  to  transition  production 
capacity.  Included in the SG&A expense for fiscal 2003 were: costs associated with workforce reductions (severance) of $5.2 
million;  start-up  costs  for  our  new  China  facility  of  approximately  $2.0  million;  and  a  $0.7  million  charge  for  the  early 
termination of an information technology services agreement, partially offset by the favorable reversal of a $2.0 million reserve 
previously established for potential obligations to U.S. Customs.  Other than the above mentioned costs, our SG&A costs were 
lower than the prior year and reflected our efforts to contain operating costs with higher sales volume. 

The workforce reduction/severance charges identified in the previous paragraph were included in SG&A expense because they 
were  not  related  to  formal  and  distinct  restructuring  programs,  but  rather,  they  were  normal  and  recurring  management  of 
employment levels in response to business conditions and our ongoing effort to reduce our cost structure. Also, if the business 
conditions had improved, we were prepared to rehire some of these terminated individuals. These charges are in contrast to the 
formal and distinct resizing programs we established in prior fiscal years. 

28 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
        
           
              
         
          
             
         
         
          
         
              
Research and development.  Research and development (“R&D”) expense in fiscal 2004 decreased $3.5 million or 9.2% from 
fiscal 2003. While we saw lower payroll and related expenses due to our ongoing cost reduction efforts, we continued to invest 
in the development of next-generation wire bonders and new products for our test interconnect business. In fiscal 2004 we also 
purchased  a  license  for  an  interconnection  device  which  we  believe  will  form  the  nucleus  for  our  next-generation  of 
semiconductor sockets for our package test products.  

Resizing:    The  semiconductor  industry  has  been  volatile,  with  sharp  periodic  downturns.  The  industry  experienced  excess 
capacity  and  a  severe  contraction  in  demand  for  semiconductor  manufacturing  equipment  during  our  fiscal  2001,  2002  and 
most of 2003. We developed formal resizing plans in response to these changes in the business environment with the intent to 
align our cost structure with anticipated revenue levels. Accounting for resizing activities requires an evaluation of formally 
agreed  upon  and  approved  plans.  We  documented  and  committed  to  these  plans  to  reduce  spending  that  included  facility 
closings/rationalizations and reductions in workforce. We recorded the expense associated with these plans in the period that 
we  committed  to  carry-out  the  plans.  Although  we  made  every  attempt  to  consolidate  all  known  resizing  activities  into  one 
plan,  the  extreme  cycles  and  rapidly  changing  forecasting  environment  places  limitations  on  achieving  this  objective.  The 
recognition of a resizing event does not necessarily preclude similar but unrelated actions in future periods. 

In  fiscal  2004,  we  reversed  $68  thousand  of  these  resizing  charges  and  in  fiscal  2003  we  reversed  $475  thousand  of  these 
resizing  charges  due  to  the  actual  severance  cost  associated  with  the  terminated  positions  being  less  than  the  cost originally 
estimated.  We recorded resizing charges of $18.8 million in fiscal 2002 and $4.2 million in fiscal 2001. 

In addition to the formal resizing costs identified below, we continued (and are continuing) to downsize our operations in fiscal 
2002, 2003 and 2004. These downsizing efforts resulted in workforce reduction charges of $4.5 million in fiscal 2004, $5.6 
million  in  fiscal  2003  and  $5.0  million  in  fiscal  2002.  In  contrast  to  the  resizing  plans  discussed  above,  these  workforce 
reductions  were  not  related  to  formal  or  distinct  restructurings,  but  rather,  the  normal  and  recurring  management  of 
employment levels in response to business conditions and our ongoing effort to reduce our cost structure. In addition, during 
fiscal 2003, if the business conditions were to have improved, we were prepared to rehire some of these terminated individuals. 
These recurring workforce reduction charges were recorded as Selling, General and Administrative expenses. 

A summary of the charges, reversals and payments of the formal resizing plans initiated in fiscal 2002 appears below: 

 Fiscal 2002 Resizing Plans  

Provision for resizing plans in fiscal 2002
   Continuing operations
   Discontinued operations
Payment of obligations in fiscal 2002
     Balance, September 30, 2002
 Change in estimate
Payment of obligations in fiscal 2003
     Balance, September 30, 2003
 Change in estimate
Payment of obligations
     Balance, September 30, 2004

(in thousands)

 Severance and 
Benefits 

 Commitments 

Total

$              

9,486
893
(5,914)
                4,465 
(455)
(3,135)
                   875 
                    (68)
(440)
367

$                 

$              

9,282

(300)
                8,982 

-
(3,192)
                5,790 
                      -   
(2,619)
3,171

$              

$              

18,768
893
(6,214)
                 13,447 
(455)
(6,327)
                   6,665 
(68)
(3,059)
3,538

$                

The individual resizing plans and acquisition restructuring plans initiated in fiscal 2002 are identified below: 

Fourth Quarter 2002 

In January 1999, we acquired the advanced substrate technology of MicroModule Systems, a Cupertino, California company, 
to  enable  production  of  high  density  substrates.  While  showing  some  progress  in  developing  our  substrate  technology,  the 
business  was  not  profitable  and  would  have  required  additional  capital  and  operating  cash  to  complete  development  of  the 
technology. In light of the business downturn that was affecting the semiconductor industry at the time, in the fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2002, we announced that we could not afford to further develop the substrate technology and would close our substrate 
operations. As a result, we recorded a resizing charge of $8.5 million. The resizing charge included a severance charge of $1.2 
million for the elimination of 48 positions and lease obligations of $7.3 million. We expected, and achieved, annual payroll 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
                     
              
                 
                 
                 
                   
                    
              
              
                 
                      
                 
              
                 
related savings of approximately $4.2 million and annual facility/operating savings of approximately $3.9 million as a result of 
this resizing plan. By June 30, 2003, all the positions had been eliminated. The plans have been completed but cash payments 
for the lease obligations are expected to continue into 2006, or such time as the obligations can be satisfied. In addition to these 
resizing charges, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, we wrote-off $7.3 million of fixed assets and $1.1 million of intangible 
assets associated with the closure of the substrate operation. This substrate business was included in our then existing advanced 
packaging business segment. 

Third Quarter 2002 

As a result of the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry and our desire to improve the performance of our test 
business segment, we decided to move towards a 24 hour per-day manufacturing model in our major U.S. wafer test facility, 
which  would  provide  our  customers  with  faster  turn-around  time  and  delivery  of  orders  and  economies  of  scale  in 
manufacturing.  As  a  result,  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  we  announced  a  resizing  plan  to  reduce  headcount  and 
consolidate manufacturing in our test business segment. As part of this plan, we moved manufacturing of wafer test products 
from our facilities in Gilbert, Arizona and Austin, Texas to our facilities in San Jose, California and Dallas, Texas and from our 
Kaohsuing, Taiwan facility to our Hsin Chu, Taiwan facility. The resizing plan included a severance charge of $1.6 million for 
the elimination of 149 positions as a result of the manufacturing consolidation. The resizing plan also included a charge of $0.5 
million associated with the closure of the Kaohsuing, Taiwan facility and an Austin, Texas facility representing costs of non-
cancelable lease obligations beyond the facility closure and costs required to restore the production facilities to their original 
state. We expected, and achieved, annual payroll related savings of approximately $6.9 million and annual facility/operating 
savings  of  approximately  $84  thousand  as  a  result  of  this  resizing  plan.  All  of  the  positions  have  been  eliminated  and  both 
facilities  have  been  closed.  The  plans  have  been  completed  but  cash  payments  for  the  severance,  facility  and  contractual 
obligations are expected to continue through 2005, or such earlier time as the obligations can be satisfied. 

Second Quarter 2002 

As a result of the continuing downturn in the semiconductor industry and our desire to more efficiently manage our business, in 
the second quarter of fiscal 2002, we announced a resizing plan comprised of a functional realignment of business management 
and  the  consolidation  and  closure  of  certain  facilities.  In  connection  with  the  resizing  plan,  we  recorded  a  charge  of  $11.3 
million  ($10.4  million  in  continuing  operations  and  $0.9  million  in  discontinued  operations),  consisting  of  severance  and 
benefits  of  $9.7  million  for  372  positions  that  were  to  be  eliminated  as  a  result  of  the  functional  realignment,  facility 
consolidation, the shift of certain manufacturing to China (including the Company’s hub blade business) and the move of our 
microelectronics products to Singapore and a charge of $1.6 million for the cost of lease commitments beyond the closure date 
of facilities to be exited as part of the facility consolidation plan. 

In the second quarter of fiscal 2002, we closed five test facilities: two in the United States, one in France, one in Malaysia, and 
one  in  Singapore.  These  operations  were  absorbed  into  other  company  facilities.  The  resizing  charge  for  the  facility 
consolidation reflects the cost of lease commitments beyond the exit dates that are associated with these closed test facilities. 

To  reduce  our  short  term  cash  requirements,  we  decided,  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  not  to  relocate  our  hub  blade 
manufacturing facility from the United States to China or our microelectronics product manufacturing from the United States 
to Singapore, as previously announced. This change in our facility relocation plan resulted in a reversal of $1.6 million of the 
resizing  costs  recorded  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2002.  As  a  result,  we  reduced  our  expected  annual  savings  from  this 
resizing plan for payroll related expenses by approximately $4.7 million. 

Also in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, we reversed $600 thousand ($590 thousand in continuing operations and $10 thousand 
in  discontinued  operations)  of  the  severance  resizing  expenses  and  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2003  we  reversed  $353 
thousand  of  resizing  expenses,  previously  recorded  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2002,  due  to  actual  severance  costs 
associated with the terminated positions being less than those estimated as a result of employees leaving the Company before 
they were severed. 

As a result of the functional realignment, we terminated employees at all levels of the organization from factory workers to 
vice  presidents.  The  organizational  change  shifted  management  of  our  Company  businesses  to  functional  (i.e.  sales, 
manufacturing, research and development, etc.) areas across product lines rather than by product line. For example, research 
and development activities for the entire company are now controlled and coordinated by one corporate vice president under 
the functional organizational structure, rather than separately by each business unit. This structure provides for a more efficient 
allocation of human and capital resources to achieve corporate R&D initiatives. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  expected  annual  payroll  related  savings  of  approximately  $17.3  million  and  annual  facility/operating  savings  of 
approximately  $660  thousand  as  a  result  of  this  resizing  plan.  As  a  result  of  the  decision  not  to  relocate  our  hub  blade 
manufacturing facility or our microelectronics product manufacturing we ultimately achieved annual payroll related savings of 
approximately  $12.7  million.  The  plans  have  been  completed  but  cash  payments  for  the  severance  charges  are  expected  to 
continue into 2005, or such time as the obligations can be satisfied. 

Asset impairment. In fiscal 2004, we recorded an asset impairment charge of $3.3 million associated with exiting our PC board 
fabrication business and the closure of a probe card production facility in France. The fiscal 2003 charge included; $1.7 million 
associated with the discontinuation of a test product; $1.2 million due to the reduction in the size of a test facility in Dallas, 
Texas; and $730 thousand resulting from the write-down of assets that were sold and assets that became obsolete.  

We  perform  our  annual  test  for  impairment  of  intangible  assets  at  the  end  of  the  fourth  quarter  of  each  fiscal  year,  which 
coincides with the completion of our annual forecasting process. However, we also test for impairment whenever a “triggering” 
event occurs. We performed interim goodwill impairment tests on the goodwill associated with our test interconnect business 
during the quarters ended December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004 due to the existence of an impairment trigger, which was the 
losses  experienced  at  this  business.  Based  on  the  results  of  these  tests  and  our  annual  impairment  test  on  intangibles  assets 
associated with both our wire and test businesses, no impairment charge was recorded in fiscal 2004. The fair value of the wire 
and  test  reporting  units  was  based  on  discounted  cash  flows  of  our  projected  future  cash  flows  from  this  reporting  unit, 
consistent with the methods used in fiscal 2002 and 2003. When conducting our goodwill impairment analysis, we calculate 
our  potential  impairment  charges  based  on  the  two-step  test  identified  in  SFAS  142  and  using  the  implied  fair  value  of  the 
respective reporting units. We use the present value of future cash flows from the respective reporting units to determine the 
implied  fair  value.  We  also  tested  our  intangible  assets  for  impairment  in  the  March  2004  quarter,  as  a  result  of  the  sale  of 
certain  assets  of  the  test  operations  and  recorded  an  impairment  charge  of  $3.2  million  associated  with  the  reporting  unit’s 
purchased  technology  intangible  asset.  The  $3.2  million  charge  is  included  in  the  $3.3  million  asset  impairment  charge 
recorded in fiscal 2004. 

In fiscal 2003, we also recorded an asset impairment charge of $6.9 million, to write-down assets to their realizable value, in 
our discontinued flip chip operation.  

Gain in sale of assets. In fiscal 2004, we realized a gain of $938 thousand on the sale of land and a building and $85 thousand 
on the sale of a portion of our PC board business. 

Amortization of intangibles. Amortization expense in both fiscal 2003 and 2004 was associated with our intangible assets for 
customer accounts and completed technology arising from the acquisition of our test division. The slightly lower amortization 
expense  in  fiscal  2004  compared  to  the  prior  year  was  due  to  the  impairment  of  our  complete  technology  intangible  asset 
mentioned above.  

Loss on sale of product lines. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we sold the fixed assets, inventories and intellectual property 
associated with our saw and hard material blade product lines for $1.2 million in cash. We wrote-off $6.5 million of net assets 
associated with the transaction. In addition, we sold the assets associated with our polymers business for $105 thousand. This 
loss  on  sale  of  product  lines  of  $5.3  million  has  been  reclassified  to  be  included  in  our  operating  expenses  section  of  the 
consolidated statement of operations, from its prior presentation outside of the operating results.  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) from operations  

Income (loss) from operations by business segments appears below: 

                  (dollars amounts in thousands)
              Fiscal year ended September 30, 

Equipment
Packaging materials
Test interconnect
Corporate and other

2003

$           

(2,323)
15,008
(27,192)
(15,404)
(29,911)

$         

%
Sales

-1.2%
8.6%
-25.9%
NA
-6.3%

2004

$    

93,311
30,090
(21,516)
(17,940)
83,945

$    

%
Sales

25.8%
12.8%
-17.7%
NA
11.7%

Our income from operations in fiscal 2004 was $83.9 million compared to a loss from operations of $29.9 million in the prior 
fiscal year. The turn from a loss to profit generally reflected increased demand in the semiconductor industry throughout most 
of fiscal 2004 and our ongoing efforts to reduce operational expenses.  

Equipment  operating  income  increased  $95.6  million  from  the  prior  year  due  primarily  to  higher  sales  and  gross  profit  and 
lower operating costs. Packaging materials operating income  increased $15.1 million (100.5%), also due primarily to higher 
sales and gross profit and lower operating costs. Test interconnect operating loss was $5.7 million or 20.9% less than the prior 
year  due  primarily  to  higher  gross  profit.  In  order  to  improve  the  operating  results  of  this  business  segment,  we  plan  to 
consolidate test facilities, transfer a greater portion of the test production to our Asian facilities, outsource a greater portion of 
the test production, and introduce new products. We expect implementation of this plan will continue through 2005 and will 
result  in  future  period  charges  and/or  restructuring  charges.  Our  loss  from  corporate  and  other  activities  was  $2.5  million 
higher than the prior year due to recording $4.4 million of employee incentive compensation expense in fiscal 2004 compared 
to no incentive compensation in the prior year.  

Interest  and  Charge  on  Early  Extinguishment  of  Debt.  Interest  income  in  fiscal  2004  was  $1.1  million  compared  to  $940 
thousand  in  the  prior  fiscal  year.  The higher  interest  income  in  fiscal  2004 was due primarily  to  higher  cash  and  short-term 
investments.  Interest  expense  in  fiscal  2004  was  $10.5  million  compared  to  $17.4  million  in  the  prior  fiscal  year.  Interest 
expense  in  both  fiscal  2004  and  2003  primarily  reflects  interest  on  our  convertible  subordinated  notes.  The  lower  interest 
expense in fiscal 2004 was due to the refinancing of our 4.75% and 5.25% convertible subordinated notes with lower interest 
0.5%  and  1.0%  convertible  subordinated  notes.  We  also  reduced  the  total  amount  of  subordinated  debt  outstanding  by  $30 
million.  

We incurred a cost of $10.5 million to redeem our 4.75% and 5.25% convertible subordinated notes; $6.0 of which was a cash 
expense associated with the redemption premium and $4.5 was due to the write-off of deferred financing expenses associated 
with the initial issuance of the notes. 

Tax expense. Tax expense in fiscal 2004 reflects income tax on income in foreign jurisdictions, alternative minimum  tax on 
U.S. income and certain state income tax. In fiscal 2004, we reversed the portion of our valuation allowance (approximately 
$11.2 million) that was equal to our U.S. taxable income, excluding taxable income subject to the U.S. alternative minimum 
tax. Until we can be reasonably assured that we can utilize our U.S. operating loss carryforwards, our income tax provision will 
reflect only U.S. alternative minimum tax, certain state tax and foreign taxation. Our tax expense in fiscal 2003 reflects income 
tax on income in foreign jurisdictions. In fiscal 2003, we established a valuation allowance against tax benefits from the fiscal 
2003 losses in the U.S.  

Discontinued  Operations.  In  February  1996,  we  entered  into  a  joint  venture  agreement  with  Delco  Electronics  Corporation 
(“Delco”) providing for the formation and management of Flip Chip Technologies, LLC (“FCT”). FCT was formed to license 
certain technologies and to provide wafer bumping services on a contract basis. In March 2001, we purchased the remaining 
interest  in  the  joint  venture  owned  by  Delco  for  $5.0  million  and  included  FCT  in  our  then  existing  advanced  packaging 
business segment. In fiscal 2003, our then existing advanced packaging business segment consisted solely of FCT, which was 
not profitable. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
            
      
           
     
           
     
In February 2004, we sold the assets of FCT for approximately $3.4 million in cash and notes and the agreement by the buyer 
to satisfy approximately $5.2 million of our lease liabilities and the assumption of certain other liabilities. The sale included 
fixed assets, inventories, and intellectual property of our flip chip business. The major classes of FCT assets and liabilities sold 
included: $3.6 million in accounts receivable; $119 thousand in inventory; $2.5 million in property, plant and equipment; $119 
thousand in other long term assets; $1.5 million in accounts payable and $1.0 million in accrued liabilities. We recorded a net 
loss on the sale of FCT of $380 thousand. Net sales from FCT in fiscal 2004 were $9.4 million, and in fiscal 2003 were $16.4 
million. The net loss of our former flip chip business unit comprises our discontinued operations. Included in the fiscal 2003 
loss  from  discontinued  operations  is  an  asset  impairment  charge  of  $6.9  million  and  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  of  $5.7 
million.  

Net income (loss). Our net income in fiscal 2004 was $55.9 million compared to a net loss of $76.7 million in fiscal 2003, for 
the reasons enumerated above.  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

At  September  30, 2005,  total  cash  and  investments  were $95.4  million  compared  to $95.8  million  at  September 30,  2004, a 
decrease of $0.4 million. 

The net cash used in operating activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 of $2.7 million was primarily due to a 
net change in working capital components of $26.5 million that was mostly offset by net cash from operations (excluding the 
working  capital  component  changes)  of  $23.8  million.  The  net  change  in  working  capital  components  of  $26.5  million  was 
primarily  due  to  a  $33.1  million  increase  in  accounts  receivable  resulting  from  (1)  increasing  sales  levels  during  the  three 
months ended September 30, 2005, compared to decreasing sales levels during the three months ended September 30, 2004, 
and  (2)  extended  payment  terms  that  were  granted  to  customers  during  fiscal  2005.  This  increase  was  partially  offset  by  an 
increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $4.2 million and taxes payable of $5.3 million. 

The net cash provided by investing activities of $8.4 million consisted of net proceeds from investment transactions of $17.7 
million and proceeds from the sale of assets of $3.2 million that were offset in part, by capital expenditures of $12.5 million. 

The net cash provided by financing activities of $13.5 million primarily consisted of $10.6 million of cash received from the 
direct  financing  arrangement  associated  with  the  Willow  Grove,  Pennsylvania  land  and  building  transaction.  During  fiscal 
2005, the Company entered into a direct financing arrangement involving the sale and leaseback of land and a building housing 
its  corporate  headquarters  in  Willow  Grove,  Pennsylvania.  In  accordance  with  SFAS  98,  “Accounting  for  Leases”,  the 
Company accounted for the transaction as a financing and continued to reflect the land and building in its financial statements 
and recorded the cash received of $10.6 million as debt. 

Our  primary  need  for  cash  for  the  next  fiscal  year  will  be  to  provide  the  working  capital  necessary  to  meet  our  expected 
production and sales levels and to make the necessary capital expenditures to enhance our production and operating activities.  
We expect our fiscal 2006 capital expenditure needs to be between $15.0 million and $20.0 million.  We financed our working 
capital  needs  and  capital  expenditure  needs  in  fiscal  2005  through  internally  generated  funds  from  our  equipment  and 
packaging materials businesses and expect to continue to generate cash from operating activities during fiscal 2006 to meet our 
cash  needs.  We  expect  to  use  the  excess  cash  generated  from  our  equipment  and  packaging  materials  business  to  fund  our 
future growth opportunities, or to redeem a portion of our convertible subordinate notes. 

Our long term debt at September 30, 2004 and 2005 consisted of the following: 

Type 
Convertible Subordinated Notes 
Convertible Subordinated Notes 
Other (1) 

  Fiscal Year 
of Maturity 
2009 
2010 

  Conversion 

Price 
$   20.33 
$   12.84 

Rate 
0.50% 
1.00% 

(in thousands) 
September 30, 

2004 
$  205,000 
65,000 
5,725 
$  275,725 

2005 
$  205,000 
65,000 
- 
$  270,000 

(1)  Fiscal  2004  includes  a  mortgage  of  $5.5  million  held  by  a  limited  liability  company  which  the  Company  began 
consolidating into its financial statements at December 31, 2003 in accordance with FIN 46. The limited liability 
company was deconsolidated in fiscal 2005. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the first half of fiscal year 2004, we issued $205.0 million of 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes in a private placement to 
qualified institutional investors. The notes mature on November 30, 2008, bear interest at 0.5% per annum and are convertible 
into common stock of the Company at a conversion price of $20.33 per share, subject to adjustment for certain events. The 
notes  are  general  obligations  of  the  Company  and  are  subordinated  to  all  senior  debt.  The  notes  rank  equally  with  the 
Company’s  1.0%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  (described  below).  There  are  no  financial  covenants  associated  with  the 
notes and there are no restrictions on incurring additional debt or issuing or repurchasing our securities. Interest on the notes is 
payable on May 30 and November 30 of each year.  

In the second half of fiscal year 2004, we issued $65.0 million of 1.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes in a private placement 
to qualified institutional investors. The notes mature on June 30, 2010, bear interest at 1.0% per annum and are convertible into 
common  stock  of  the  Company  at  a  conversion  price  of  $12.84  per  share,  subject  to  adjustment  for  certain  events.  The 
conversion  rights  of  these  notes  may  be  terminated  on  or  after  June  30,  2006  if  the  closing  price  of  our  common  stock  has 
exceeded  140%  of  the  conversion  price  then  in  effect  for  at  least  20  trading  days  within  a  period  of  30  consecutive  trading 
days. The notes are general obligations of the Company and are subordinated to all senior debt. The notes rank equally with our 
0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes. There are no financial covenants associated with the notes and there are no restrictions 
on incurring additional debt or issuing or repurchasing our securities. Interest on the notes is payable on June 30 and December 
30 of each year.  

We used $175.0 million of net proceeds from the issuance of the 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes to redeem all of our 
4.75%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes.  We  used  the  net  proceeds  from  the  issuance  of  the  1.0%  Convertible  Subordinated 
Notes along with cash remaining from the issuance of the 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes and cash from operations to 
purchase  all  of  our  5.25%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  at  purchase  prices  between  101.0%  and  102.1%  of  the  principal 
amount of the 5.25% notes. These actions resulted in a reduction in interest expense to $3.8 million during fiscal 2005 from 
$10.5  million  in  fiscal  2004.  The  Company  recorded  a  pretax  charge  of  $6.2  million  associated  with  the  redemption  of  the 
4.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes. The Company recorded a pretax charge of $4.4 million associated with the purchase of 
the 5.25% Convertible Subordinated Notes. 

In accordance with SFAS No. 98, “Accounting For Leases”, during fiscal 2005 the Company recorded debt of $10.6 million 
(all classified as a current liability as of September 30, 2005), as part of accounting for a sale-leaseback transaction as a direct 
financing arrangement. Monthly lease payments of $0.1 million, which are allocated by the Company to interest expense and 
amortization of the debt, are scheduled through May 2006 at which time the land and building and remaining debt outstanding 
will  be  removed  from  the  Company’s  financial  statements,  and  the  deferred  gain  will  be  recognized.  Interest  expense  is 
calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate, which is estimated to be 6.0%. 

Under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, certain obligations and commitments are not required to be included in 
our  consolidated balance sheets  and  statements of operations.  These  obligations  and  commitments,  while  entered into  in  the 
normal course of business, may have a material impact on our liquidity. Certain of the following commitments as of September 
30, 2005 have not been included in our consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations included in this Form 10-K; 
however, they have been disclosed in the following table in order to provide a more complete picture of our financial position 
and liquidity. The most significant of these are our operating lease commitments and inventory purchase obligations. 

34 

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  identifies  obligations  and  contingent  payments  under  various  arrangements  at  September  30,  2005, 
including those not included in our consolidated balance sheet: 

Contractual Obligations:
  Long-term debt
  Operating Lease obligations*
  Debt associated with direct
     financing arrangement
  Inventory Purchase obligations*

Commercial Commitments:
  Gold supply financing guarantee
  Standby Letters of Credit*

Total Contractual Obligations 
 and Commercial Commitments

(in thousands)

Amounts
due in 
less than
1 year

Amounts
due in 
2-3 years

Amounts
due in
4-5 years

Amounts
due in 
more than
5 years

Total

$    

270,000
32,330

$          
-
5,312

$          
-
7,340

$    

270,000
4,579

$          
-
15,099

10,119
71,637

6,856
3,180

10,119
71,637

6,856
3,180

-
-

-

-
-

-

-
-

-

$    

394,122

$    

97,104

$      

7,340

$    

274,579

$    

15,099

*  Represents contractual amounts not reflected in the consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2005. 
Long-term debt includes the amounts due under our 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2008 and our 1.0% Convertible 
Subordinated Notes due 2010. The operating lease obligations at September 30, 2005 represent obligations due under various 
facility  and  equipment  leases  with  terms  up  to  fifteen  years  in  duration,  including  the  obligations  associated  with  our  new 
property  lease  in  Fort  Washington,  Pennsylvania  that  will  house  our  corporate  headquarters  beginning  in  fiscal  2006.  Debt 
associated with direct financing arrangement represents the proceeds received on the land and building transaction. Inventory 
purchase obligations represent outstanding purchase commitments for inventory components ordered in the normal course of 
business.  The  Gold  Supply  Agreement  includes  gold  inventory  purchases  we  are  obligated  to  pay  for  upon  shipment  of  the 
fabricated gold to our customers. 

The standby letters of credit represent obligations in lieu of security deposits for a gold financing agreement, a facility lease, 
and employee benefit programs. 

At September 30, 2005, the fair value of our $205.0 million 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes was $151.2 million, and the 
fair value of our $65.0 million 1.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes was $47.0 million. The fair values were determined using 
quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The fair value of our other assets and liabilities approximates the book value of 
those  assets  and  liabilities.  At  September  30,  2005,  the  Standard  &  Poor’s  rating  on  our  0.5%  and  1.0%  convertible 
subordinated notes was CCC+. 

We  have  a  non-contributory  defined  benefit  pension  plan  covering  substantially  all  U.S.  employees  who  were  employed  on 
September 30, 1995. The benefits for this plan were based on the employees' years of service and the employees' compensation 
during  the  three  years  before  retirement.  Our  funding  policy  is  consistent  with  the  funding  requirements  of  U.S.  Federal 
employee benefit and tax laws. We contributed approximately $1.5 million (based on the market price at the time of contribution) 
in Company stock to the Plan in Fiscal 2005 and $2.8 million in fiscal 2004. In fiscal 2006, we expect to make a contribution of 
Company  common  stock  of  approximately  $1.8  million.  Effective  December  31,  1995,  the  benefits  under  the  Company's 
pension plan were frozen. As a consequence, accrued benefits no longer change as a result of an employee's length of service 
or compensation.  

We believe that our existing cash reserves and anticipated cash flows from operations will be sufficient to meet our liquidity 
and capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, our liquidity is affected by many factors, some based on 
normal operations of the business and others related to uncertainties of the industry and global economies. We may seek, as we 
believe appropriate, additional debt or equity financing to provide capital for corporate purposes. We may also seek additional 
debt  or  equity  financing  for  the  refinancing  or  redemption  of  existing  debt  and/or  to  fund  strategic  business  opportunities, 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
        
        
          
      
        
      
            
             
            
        
      
            
             
            
          
        
          
        
            
             
            
including possible acquisitions, joint ventures, alliances or other business arrangements which could require substantial capital 
outlays. The timing and amount of such potential capital requirements cannot be determined at this time and will depend on a 
number  of  factors,  including  demand  for  our  products,  semiconductor  and  semiconductor  capital  equipment  industry 
conditions, competitive factors, the condition of financial markets and the nature and size of strategic business opportunities 
which we may elect to pursue. 

RISK FACTORS 

Risks Relating to Our Business  

The semiconductor industry is volatile with sharp periodic downturns and slowdowns  

Our  operating  results  are  significantly  affected  by  the  capital  expenditures  of  large  semiconductor  manufacturers  and  their 
subcontract  assemblers  and  vertically  integrated  manufacturers  of  electronic  systems.  Expenditures  by  semiconductor 
manufacturers  and  their  subcontract  assemblers  and  vertically  integrated  manufacturers  of  electronic  systems  depend  on  the 
current  and  anticipated  market  demand  for  semiconductors  and  products  that  use  semiconductors,  including  personal 
computers, telecommunications equipment, consumer electronics, and automotive goods. Significant downturns in the market 
for  semiconductor  devices  or  in  general  economic  conditions  reduce  demand  for  our  products  and  materially  and  adversely 
affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  

Historically,  the  semiconductor  industry  has  been  volatile,  with  periods  of  rapid  growth  followed  by  industry-wide 
retrenchment.  These  periodic  downturns  and  slowdowns  have  adversely  affected  our  business,  financial  condition  and 
operating  results.  They  have  been  characterized  by,  among  other  things,  diminished  product  demand,  excess  production 
capacity,  and  accelerated  erosion  of  selling  prices.  These  downturns  historically  have  severely  and  negatively  affected  the 
industry’s demand for capital equipment, including the assembly equipment, the packaging materials and test solutions that we 
sell.    There  can  be  no  assurances  regarding  levels  of  demand  for  our  products,  and  in  any  case,  we  believe  the  historical 
volatility – both upward and downward – will persist.   

We may experience increasing price pressure  

Our historical business strategy for many of our products has focused on product performance and customer service rather than 
on price. The length and severity of the fiscal 2001 – fiscal 2003 economic downturn increased cost pressure on our customers 
and we have observed increasing price sensitivity on their part. In response, we are actively seeking to reduce our cost structure 
by moving operations to lower cost areas and by reducing other operating costs. If we are unable to realize prices that allow us 
to continue to compete on the basis of performance and service, our financial condition and operating results may be materially 
and adversely affected.  

Our quarterly operating results fluctuate significantly and may continue to do so in the future  

In  the  past,  our  quarterly  operating  results  have  fluctuated  significantly.  We  expect  that  they  will  continue  to  fluctuate. 
Although these fluctuations are partly due to the volatile nature of the semiconductor industry, they also reflect other factors, 
many of which are outside of our control.  

Some of the factors that may cause our revenues and/or operating margins to fluctuate significantly from period to period are:  

•  market downturns; 

• 

the mix of products that we sell because, for example: 

• 

our test business has lower margins than assembly equipment and packaging materials; 

•     some lines of equipment within our business segments are more profitable than others; and 

•     some sales arrangements have higher margins than others;  

• 

the volume and timing of orders for our products and any order postponements; 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

virtually all of our orders are subject to cancellation, deferral or rescheduling by the customer without prior notice and with 
limited or no penalties; 

competitive pricing pressures may force us to reduce prices to retain the business; 

higher than anticipated costs of development or production of new equipment models; 

the availability and cost of the components for our products;  

unanticipated delays in the development and manufacture of our new products and upgraded versions of our products and 
market acceptance of these products when introduced; 

customers’ delay in purchasing our products due to anticipation that we or our competitors may introduce new or upgraded 
products; and 

our competitors’ introduction of new products. 

Many of our expenses, such as research and development, selling, general and administrative expenses and interest expense, do 
not vary directly with our net sales. Our research and development efforts include long-term projects lasting a year or more, 
which require significant investments.  In order to realize the benefits of these projects, we believe that we must continue to 
fund them during periods when our net sales have declined. As a result, a decline in our net sales would adversely affect our 
operating results. In addition, if we were to incur additional expenses in a quarter in which we did not experience comparable 
increased net sales, our operating results would decline. In a downturn, we may have excess inventory, which is required to be 
written off. Some of the other factors that may cause our expenses to fluctuate from period-to-period include:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

the timing and extent of our research and development efforts; 

severance, resizing and other costs of relocating facilities; 

inventory write-offs due to obsolescence; and 

inflationary increases in the cost of labor or materials. 

Because our revenues and operating results are volatile and difficult to predict, we believe that consecutive period-to-period 
comparisons of our operating results may not be a good indication of our future performance.  

We may not be able to rapidly develop, manufacture and gain market acceptance of new and enhanced products required to 
maintain or expand our business  

We believe that our continued success depends on our ability to continuously develop and manufacture new products and product 
enhancements on a timely and cost-effective basis. We must introduce these products and product enhancements into the market in 
a timely manner in response to customers’ demands for higher performance assembly equipment, leading-edge materials and for 
test  solutions  customized  to  address  rapid  technological  advances  in  integrated  circuits  and  capital  equipment  designs.  Our 
competitors may develop new products or enhancements to their products that offer performance, features and lower prices that 
may render our products less competitive. The development and commercialization of new products requires significant capital 
expenditures  over  an  extended  period  of  time,  and  some  products  that  we  seek  to  develop  may  never  become  profitable.  In 
addition,  we  may  not  be  able  to  develop  and  introduce  products  incorporating  new  technologies  in  a  timely  manner  that  will 
satisfy our customers’ future needs or achieve market acceptance.  

Most of our sales and a substantial portion of our manufacturing operations are located outside of the United States, and 
we rely on independent foreign distribution channels for certain product lines; all of which subject us to risks, including 
risks from changes in trade regulations, currency fluctuations, political instability and war  

Approximately 88% of our net sales for fiscal 2005, 86% of our net sales for fiscal 2004 and 80% of our net sales for fiscal 2003 
were to customers located outside of the United States, in particular to customers located in the Asia/Pacific region. We expect this 
trend to continue. Thus, our future performance will depend, in significant part, on our ability to continue to compete in foreign 
markets, particularly in the Asia/Pacific region. These economies have been highly volatile, resulting in significant fluctuation in 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
local  currencies,  and  political  and  economic  instability.  These  conditions  may  continue  or  worsen,  which  may  materially  and 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.  

We also rely on non-United States suppliers for materials and components used in our products, and most of our manufacturing 
operations are located in countries other than the United States. We manufacture our automatic ball bonders and bonding wire 
in Singapore, we manufacture capillaries in Israel and China, bonding wire in Switzerland, test products in Taiwan, China and 
France,  and  we  have  sales,  service  and  support  personnel  in  China,  Hong  Kong,  Japan,  Korea,  Malaysia,  the  Philippines, 
Singapore, Taiwan and Europe. We also rely on independent foreign distribution channels for certain of our product lines. As a 
result,  a  major  portion  of  our  business  is  subject  to  the  risks  associated  with  international,  and  particularly  Asia/Pacific, 
commerce, such as:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

risks of war and civil disturbances or other events that may limit or disrupt markets; 

seizure of our foreign assets, including cash; 

longer payment cycles in foreign markets; 

international exchange restrictions;  

restrictions on the repatriation of our assets, including cash;  

significant foreign and United States taxes on repatriated cash; 

the difficulties of staffing and managing dispersed international operations;  

possible disagreements with tax authorities regarding transfer pricing regulations;  

episodic events outside our control such as, for example, an outbreak of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome or influenza; 

tariff and currency fluctuations; 

changing political conditions; 

labor conditions and costs; 

foreign governments’ monetary policies and regulatory requirements; 

less protective foreign intellectual property laws; and 

legal systems which are less developed and which may be less predictable than those in the United States. 

Because most of our foreign sales are denominated in United States dollars, an increase in value of the United States dollar 
against foreign currencies, particularly the Japanese yen, will make our products more expensive than those offered by some of 
our  foreign  competitors.  Our  ability  to  compete  overseas  in  the  future  may  be  materially  and  adversely  affected  by  a 
strengthening of the United States dollar against foreign currencies.  

Our international operations also depend upon favorable trade relations between the United States and those foreign countries 
in which our customers, subcontractors, and materials suppliers have operations. A protectionist trade environment in either the 
United  States  or  those  foreign  countries  in  which  we  do  business,  such  as  a  change  in  the  current  tariff  structures,  export 
compliance or other trade policies, may materially and adversely affect our ability to sell our products in foreign markets.     

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates that could negatively impact our financial results and cash flows 

Because a significant portion of our business is conducted outside the United States, we face exposure to adverse movements in 
foreign  currency  exchange  rates  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  results  and  cash  flows.  
Historically,  our  primary  exposures  have  related  to  (net)  receivables  denominated  in  currencies  other  than  a  foreign 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
subsidiaries’  functional  currency,  and  remeasurement  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries’  net  monetary  assets  from  the  subsidiaries’ 
local currency into the subsidiaries’ functional currency (the U.S. dollar). In general, an increase in the value of the U.S. dollar 
could require certain of our foreign subsidiaries to record translation and remeasurement gains. Conversely, a decrease in the 
value of the U.S. dollar could require certain of our foreign subsidiaries to record losses on translation and remeasurement.  An 
increase in the value of the dollar could increase the cost to our customers of our products in those markets outside the United 
States where we sell in dollars, and a weakened dollar could increase the cost of local operating expenses and procurement of 
raw materials.  An increase in the value of China’s Yuan could increase our material, labor, and other operating expenses in 
China.  Our board has granted management with limited authority to enter into foreign exchange forward contracts and other 
instruments designed to minimize the short term impact currency fluctuations have on our business. We have entered into a 
foreign exchange forward contract and expect to enter into additional foreign exchange forward contracts and other instruments 
in the future. Our attempts to hedge against these risks may not be successful and may result in a material adverse impact on 
our financial results and cash flows.   

We may not be able to consolidate manufacturing facilities without incurring unanticipated costs and disruptions to our 
business  

In an effort to further reduce our cost structure, we are closing some of our manufacturing facilities and expanding others. We may 
incur  significant  and  unexpected  costs,  delays  and  disruptions  to  our  business  during  this  consolidation  process.  Because  of 
unanticipated events, including the actions of governments, suppliers, employees or customers, we may not realize the synergies, 
cost reductions and other benefits of any consolidation to the extent or within the timeframe that we currently expect.  

Our business depends on attracting and retaining management, marketing and technical employees  

Our  future  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  hire  and  retain  qualified  management,  marketing  and  technical  employees.  In 
particular, we periodically experience shortages of technical personnel. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain the 
managerial,  marketing  and  technical  personnel  we  require,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  operating  results  could  be 
materially and adversely affected.  

Difficulties in forecasting demand for our product lines may lead to periodic inventory shortages or excesses  

We  typically  operate  our  business  with  limited  visibility  of  future  demand.  As  a  result,  we  sometimes  experience  inventory 
shortages or excesses. We generally order supplies and otherwise plan our production based on internal forecasts of demand. We 
have in the past, and may again in the future, fail to forecast accurately demand for our products, in terms of both volume and 
configuration for either our current or next-generation wire bonders. This has led to and may in the future lead to delays in product 
shipments or, alternatively, an increased risk of inventory obsolescence. If we fail to forecast accurately demand for our products, 
including assembly equipment, packaging materials and test solutions, our business, financial condition and operating results may 
be materially and adversely affected.  

Advanced packaging technologies other than wire bonding may render some of our products obsolete  

Advanced packaging technologies have emerged that may improve device performance or reduce the size of an integrated circuit 
package, as compared to traditional die and wire bonding. These technologies include flip chip and chip scale packaging. Some of 
these advanced technologies eliminate the need for wires to establish the electrical connection between a die and its package. The 
semiconductor  industry  may,  in the future, shift  a significant part of its volume into advanced packaging technologies, such as 
those discussed above, which do not employ our products. If a significant shift to advanced packaging technologies were to occur, 
demand for our wire bonders and related packaging materials may be materially and adversely affected.  

Because a small number of customers account for most of our sales, our revenues could decline if we lose a significant 
customer  

The  semiconductor  manufacturing  industry  is  highly  concentrated,  with  a  relatively  small  number  of  large  semiconductor 
manufacturers  and  their  subcontract  assemblers  and  vertically  integrated  manufacturers  of  electronic  systems  purchasing  a 
substantial portion of our semiconductor assembly equipment, packaging materials and test solutions. Sales to a relatively small 
number of customers account for a significant percentage of our net sales. During fiscal 2005, 2004, and 2003, sales to Advanced 
Semiconductor Engineering, our largest customer, accounted for 13%, 17% and 13%, respectively, of our net sales.  

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We expect that sales of our products to a small number of customers will continue to account for a high percentage of our net 
sales  for  the  foreseeable  future.  Thus,  our  business  success  depends  on  our  ability  to  maintain  strong  relationships  with  our 
important customers. Any one of a number of factors could adversely affect these relationships. If, for example, during periods 
of escalating demand for our equipment, we were unable to add inventory and production capacity quickly enough to meet the 
needs of our customers, they may turn to other suppliers making it more difficult for us to retain their business. Similarly, if we 
are unable for any other reason to meet production or delivery schedules, particularly during a period of escalating demand, our 
relationships  with  our  key  customers  could  be  adversely  affected.  If  we  lose  orders  from  a  significant  customer,  or  if  a 
significant  customer  reduces  its  orders  substantially,  these  losses  or  reductions  may  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
business, financial condition and operating results.  

We depend on a small number of suppliers for raw materials, components and subassemblies. If our suppliers do not 
deliver their products to us, we would be unable to deliver our products to our customers  

Our products are complex and require raw materials, components and subassemblies having a high degree of reliability, accuracy 
and performance. We rely on subcontractors to manufacture many of these components and subassemblies and we rely on sole 
source suppliers for some important components and raw materials, including gold. As a result, we are exposed to a number of 
significant risks, including:  

 •  lack of control over the manufacturing process for components and subassemblies;  

 • changes in our manufacturing processes, in response to changes in the market, which may delay our shipments;  

•  our inadvertent use of defective or contaminated raw materials;  

 • the  relatively  small  operations  and  limited  manufacturing  resources  of  some  of  our  suppliers,  which  may  limit 
their  ability  to  manufacture  and  sell  subassemblies,  components  or  parts  in  the  volumes  we  require  and  at 
acceptable quality levels and prices;  

 • reliability or quality problems with certain key subassemblies provided by single source suppliers as to which we 

may not have any short term alternative;  

 • shortages caused by disruptions at our suppliers and subcontractors for a variety of reasons, including work 

stoppage or fire, earthquake, flooding or other natural disasters;  

 • delays in the delivery of raw materials or subassemblies, which, in turn, may delay our shipments; and  

 • the loss of suppliers as a result of consolidation of suppliers in the industry.  

If we are unable to deliver products to our customers on time for these or any other reasons; if we are unable to meet customer 
expectations as to cycle time; or if we do not maintain acceptable product quality or reliability, our business, financial condition 
and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.  

Our test business presents significant management and operating challenges  

During fiscal 2001, we acquired two companies that design and manufacture test solutions, Cerprobe Corporation and Probe 
Technology Corporation, and combined their operations to create our test business.  Since its acquisition in 2001, this business 
has not performed to our expectations.  During June 2005, we performed interim impairment tests on our test segment goodwill 
due  to  the  existence  of  impairment  triggers,  which  were  difficulties  in  the  development  of  new  test  products,  anticipated 
challenges in the introduction of these new products, and greater than expected losses incurred by the test segment.  As a result 
of  these  impairment  tests,  a  test  segment  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  impairment  charge  was  required  in  our  third  fiscal 
quarter in the amount of $100.6 million.  Our plan to correct the problems faced by our test business centers on the following 
steps:    standardize  production  processes  between  the  various  test  manufacturing  sites,  create  and  ramp  production  of  our 
highest  volume  products  in  a  new  lower  cost  site  in  China  and/or  outsource  production  where  appropriate;  then  rationalize 
excess  capacity  by  converting  existing  higher  cost,  low volume  manufacturing  sites  to  service  centers.    Our  plan  to  achieve 
profitability in our test business also depends upon the successful development, manufacture and sale of new test products on a 
timely  and  cost  effective  basis.    If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  implement  our  plans,  our  operating  margins,  results  of 
operations and financial condition would continue to be adversely affected by the poor performance of our test business. In the 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
alternative,  in  the  event  that  we  exit  our  Test  business,  via  a  sale  or  disposal  of  the  assets,  we  may  incur  further  material 
charges. 

Diversification into multiple businesses increases demands on our management and systems  

We  may  from  time  to  time  in  the  future  seek  to  expand  through  acquisition.    Any  significant  acquisition  would  increase 
demands  on our  management,  financial  resources  and  information  and  internal  control  systems.  Our success will  depend,  in 
part, on our ability to manage and integrate any acquired business with our existing businesses and to successfully implement, 
improve  and  expand  our  systems,  procedures  and  controls.  If  we  fail  to  integrate  businesses  successfully  or  to  develop  the 
necessary internal procedures to manage diversified businesses, our business, financial condition and operating results may be 
materially and adversely affected.  

We may be unable to continue to compete successfully in the highly competitive semiconductor equipment, packaging 
materials and test solutions industries  

The  semiconductor  equipment,  packaging  materials  and  test  solutions  industries  are  very  competitive.  In  the  semiconductor 
equipment and test solutions markets, significant competitive factors include performance, quality, customer support and price. 
In the semiconductor packaging materials industry, competitive factors include price, delivery and quality.  

In  each  of  our  markets,  we  face  competition  and  the  threat  of  competition  from  established  competitors  and  potential  new 
entrants.  In  addition,  established  competitors  may  combine  to  form  larger,  better  capitalized  companies.  Some  of  our 
competitors  have  or  may  have  significantly  greater  financial,  engineering,  manufacturing  and  marketing  resources  than  we 
have. Some of these competitors are Asian and European companies that have had and may continue to have an advantage over 
us  in  supplying  products  to  local  customers  who  appear  to  prefer  to  purchase  from  local  suppliers,  without  regard  to  other 
considerations.  

We expect our competitors to improve their current products’ performance, and to introduce new products and materials with 
improved price and performance characteristics. Our competitors may independently develop technology that is similar to or 
better than ours. New product and materials introductions by our competitors or by new market entrants could hurt our sales. If 
a particular semiconductor manufacturer or subcontract assembler selects a competitor’s product or materials for a particular 
assembly operation, we may not be able to sell products or materials to that manufacturer or assembler for a significant period 
of time because manufacturers and assemblers sometimes develop lasting relations with suppliers, and assembly equipment in 
our industry often goes years without requiring replacement. In addition, we may have to lower our prices in response to price 
cuts by our competitors, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We 
cannot  assure  you  that  we  will  be  able  to  continue  to  compete  in  these  or  other  areas  in  the  future.  If  we  cannot  compete 
successfully, we could be forced to reduce prices, and could lose customers and market share and experience reduced margins 
and profitability.  

Our success depends in part on our intellectual property, which we may be unable to protect  

Our  success  depends  in  part  on  our  proprietary  technology.  To  protect  this  technology,  we  rely  principally  on  contractual 
restrictions  (such  as  nondisclosure  and  confidentiality  provisions)  in  our  agreements  with  employees,  subcontractors,  vendors, 
consultants and customers and on the common law of trade secrets and proprietary “know-how.” We also rely, in some cases, on 
patent and copyright protection. We may not be successful in protecting our technology for a number of reasons, including the 
following:  

 • employees, subcontractors, vendors, consultants and customers may violate their contractual agreements, and the 
cost of enforcing those agreements may be prohibitive, or those agreements may be unenforceable or more limited 
than we anticipate;  

 • foreign intellectual property laws may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights;  

 • our patent and copyright claims may not be sufficiently broad to effectively protect our technology; our patents or 
copyrights  may  be  challenged,  invalidated  or  circumvented;  or  we  may  otherwise  be  unable  to  obtain  adequate 
protection for our technology.  

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, our partners and alliances may also have rights to technology that we develop. We may incur significant expense to 
protect  or  enforce  our  intellectual  property  rights.  If  we  are  unable  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights,  our  competitive 
position may be weakened.  
Third parties may claim we are infringing on their intellectual property, which could cause us to incur significant litigation 
costs or other expenses, or prevent us from selling some of our products  

The  semiconductor  industry  is  characterized  by  rapid  technological  change,  with  frequent  introductions  of  new  products  and 
technologies. Industry participants often develop products and features similar to those introduced by others, creating a risk that 
their products and processes may give rise to claims that they infringe on the intellectual property of others. We may unknowingly 
infringe on the intellectual property rights of others and incur significant liability for that infringement. If we are found to have 
infringed on the intellectual property rights of others, we could be enjoined from continuing to manufacture, market or use the 
affected product, or be required to obtain a license to continue manufacturing or using the affected product. A license could be 
very expensive to obtain or may not be available at all. Similarly, changing or re-engineering our products or processes to avoid 
infringing the rights of others may be costly, impractical or time consuming.  

Occasionally, third parties assert that we are, or may be, infringing on or misappropriating their intellectual property rights. In 
these  cases,  we  will  defend  against  claims  or  negotiate  licenses  where  we  consider  these  actions  appropriate.  Intellectual 
property cases are uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. If we become involved in this type of litigation, it 
could consume significant resources and divert our attention from our business.  

Some of our customers are parties to litigation brought by the Lemelson Medical, Education and Research Foundation Limited 
Partnership  (“Lemelson”),  in  which  Lemelson  claims  that  certain  manufacturing  processes  used by  those  customers  infringe 
patents held by Lemelson. We have never been named a party to any such litigation. Some customers have requested that we 
indemnify them to the extent their liability for these claims arises from use of our equipment. We do not believe that products 
sold by us infringe valid Lemelson patents. If a claim for contribution were to be brought against us, we believe we would have 
valid defenses to assert and also would have rights to contribution and claims against our suppliers. We have not incurred any 
material liability with respect to the Lemelson claims or any other pending intellectual property claim to date and we do not 
believe that these claims will materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. The ultimate 
outcome of any infringement or misappropriation claim that might be made, however, is uncertain and we cannot assure you 
that the resolution of any such claim would not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating 
results.  

We may be materially and adversely affected by environmental and safety laws and regulations  

We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations governing, among other things, the generation, 
storage,  use,  emission,  discharge,  transportation  and  disposal  of  hazardous  material,  investigation  and  remediation  of 
contaminated sites and the health and safety of our employees. Increasingly, public attention has focused on the environmental 
impact of manufacturing operations and the risk to neighbors of chemical releases from such operations.  

Proper  waste  disposal  plays  an  important  role  in  the  operation  of  our  manufacturing  plants.  In  many  of  our  facilities  we 
maintain wastewater treatment systems that remove metals and other contaminants from process wastewater. These facilities 
operate under permits that must be renewed periodically. A violation of those permits may lead to revocation of the permits, 
fines,  penalties  or  the  incurrence  of  capital  or  other  costs  to  comply  with  the  permits,  including  potential  shutdown  of 
operations.  

In the future, existing or new land use and environmental regulations may: (1) impose upon us the need for additional capital 
equipment or other process requirements, (2) restrict our ability to expand our operations, (3) subject us to liability for, among 
other  matters,  remediation,  and/or  (4)  cause  us  to  curtail  our  operations.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  any  costs  or  liabilities 
associated  with  complying  with  these  environmental  laws  will  not  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition and operating results.  

Anti-takeover provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and under Pennsylvania law may discourage other 
companies from attempting to acquire us  

Some  provisions  of  our  articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  of  Pennsylvania  law  may  discourage  some  transactions  where  we 
would otherwise experience a fundamental change. For example, our articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that:  

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • classify our board of directors into four classes, with one class being elected each year;  

 • permit our board to issue “blank check” preferred stock without stockholder approval; and  

 • prohibit us from engaging in some types of business combinations with a holder of 20% or more of our voting 

securities without super-majority board or stockholder approval.  

Further,  under  the  Pennsylvania  Business  Corporation  Law,  because  our  bylaws  provide  for  a  classified  board  of  directors, 
stockholders  may  remove  directors  only  for  cause.  These  provisions  and  some  other  provisions  of  the  Pennsylvania  Business 
Corporation Law could delay, defer or prevent us from experiencing a fundamental change and may adversely affect our common 
stockholders’ voting and other rights.  

Terrorist attacks, or other acts of violence or war may affect the markets in which we operate and our profitability  

Terrorist attacks  may negatively affect our operations. There can be no assurance that  there will not be further terrorist  attacks 
against  the  United  States  or  United  States  businesses.  Terrorist  attacks  or  armed  conflicts  may  directly  impact  our  physical 
facilities  or  those  of  our  suppliers  or  customers.  Our  primary  facilities  include  administrative,  sales  and  R&D  facilities  in  the 
United  States  and  manufacturing  facilities  in  the  United  States,  Singapore,  China  and  Israel.  Additional  terrorist  attacks  may 
disrupt the global insurance and reinsurance industries with the result that we may not be able to obtain insurance at historical 
terms and levels for all of our facilities. Furthermore, additional attacks may make travel and the transportation of our supplies and 
products  more  difficult  and  more  expensive  and  ultimately  affect  the  sales  of  our  products  in  the  United  States  and  overseas. 
Additional attacks or any broader conflict, could negatively impact on our domestic and international sales, our supply chain, our 
production capability and our ability to deliver products to our customers. Political and economic instability in some regions of the 
world could negatively impact our business. The consequences of terrorist attacks or armed conflicts are unpredictable, and we 
may not be able to foresee events that could have an adverse effect on our business.  

We may be unable to generate enough cash to repay our debt  

Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures and other activities will depend on our 
ability to generate cash in the future. If our convertible debt is not converted to our common shares, we will be required to make 
annual  cash  interest  payments  of  $1.7  million  in  each  of  fiscal  years  2006  through  2008,  $0.8  million  in  fiscal  2009  and  $0.5 
million in fiscal 2010 on our aggregate $270.0 million of convertible subordinated debt. Principal payments of $205.0 million and 
$65.0 million on the convertible subordinated debt are due in fiscal 2009 and 2010, respectively. Our ability to make payments on 
our indebtedness is affected by the volatile nature of our business, and general economic, competitive and other factors that are 
beyond our control. Our indebtedness poses risks to our business, including that:  

 insufficient cash flow from operations to repay our outstanding indebtedness when it becomes due may force us to 
 •
sell assets, or seek additional capital, which we may be unable to do at all or on terms favorable to us; and  

 • our level of indebtedness may make us more vulnerable to economic or industry downturns.  

We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash in an amount sufficient to enable us to service interest, principal and 
other payments on our debt, including the notes, or to fund our other liquidity needs.  

We are not restricted under the agreements governing our existing indebtedness from incurring additional debt in the future. If 
new  debt  is  added  to  our  current  levels,  our  leverage  and  our  debt  service  obligations  would  increase  and  the  related  risks 
described above could intensify.  

Changes in stock option accounting rules may adversely impact our reported operating results prepared in accordance with 
generally accepted accounting principles, our stock price and our competitiveness in the employee marketplace. 

We  have  historically  used  broad  based  employee  stock  option  programs  to  hire,  incentivize  and  retain  our  workforce. 
Currently,  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (“SFAS”)  No.  123,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,” 
allows  companies  the  choice  of  either  using  a  fair  value  method  of  accounting  for  options,  which  would  result  in  expense 
recognition for all options granted, or using an intrinsic value method, as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion 
(“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,”  with a pro forma disclosure of the impact on net income of 
using the fair value recognition method. We have elected to apply APB 25 and accordingly, we do not recognize any expense 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
with  respect  to  employee  stock  options  as  long  as  such  options  are  granted  at  exercise  prices  equal  to  the  fair  value  of  our 
common stock on the date of grant. 

SFAS No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment,” will be effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after June 15, 
2005.  Under SFAS No. 123R, companies must expense the fair value of employee stock options and similar awards as of the 
date the company grants the awards to employees.  The expense would be recognized over the vesting period for each option 
and adjusted for actual forfeitures that occur before vesting.  

We have adopted FAS 123R for our fiscal year 2006.  Adoption of FAS 123R will have a material impact on our consolidated 
results  of  operations,  financial  position  and  statement  of  cash  flows  (See  Note  1  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  – 
Accounting for Stock-based Compensation).  In addition, adoption of FAS 123R could negatively impact our ability to utilize 
employee  stock  plans  to  recruit  and  retain  employees  and  could  result  in  a  competitive  disadvantage  to  us  in  the  employee 
marketplace 

Failure to receive shareholder approval for additional employee stock options and other equity compensation may adversely 
affect our ability to hire and retain employees.   

Currently, we do not have an employee equity compensation plan in place that would allow us to issue meaningful additional 
equity compensation to employees.  Our board of directors approved an equity stock compensation plan and recommended the 
plan to shareholders for approval at our 2005 Annual Shareholder Meeting.  The shareholders did not approve the plan.  If we 
do  not  receive  shareholder  approval  of  a  new  plan  at  our  2006  Annual  Shareholder  Meeting  that  provides  for  a  sufficient 
number  and  type  of  awards,  our  ability  to  hire  and  retain  employees  may  be  adversely  affected.    In  an  effort  to  remain 
competitive  in  the  employee  marketplace,  we  may  decide  to  increase  employees’  cash  compensation,  which  may  have  an 
adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results. 

We have the ability to issue additional equity securities, which would lead to dilution of our issued and outstanding common 
stock  

The  issuance  of  additional  equity  securities  or  securities  convertible  into  equity  securities  will  result  in  dilution  of  existing 
stockholders’ equity interests in us. Our board of directors has the authority to issue, without vote or action of stockholders, 
shares of preferred stock in one or more series, and has the ability to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of 
any  such  series.  Any  such  series  of  preferred  stock  could  contain  dividend  rights,  conversion  rights,  voting  rights,  terms  of 
redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences or other rights superior to the rights of holders of our common stock. In 
addition, we are authorized to issue, without stockholder approval, up to an aggregate of 200 million shares of common stock, 
of  which  approximately  52.0  million  shares  were  outstanding  as  of  September  30,  2005.  We  are  also  authorized  to  issue, 
without stockholder approval, securities convertible into either shares of common stock or preferred stock. 

Item 7A.   QUANTITATIVE  AND  QUALITATIVE  DISCLOSURES  ABOUT  MARKET  RISK.             

We  are  exposed  to  changes  in  interest  rates  primarily  from  our  investments  in  certain  available-for-sale  securities.  Our 
available-for-sale  securities  consist  primarily  of  fixed  income  investments  (corporate  bonds,  commercial  paper  and  U.S. 
Treasury and Agency securities). We continually monitor our exposure to changes in interest rates and credit ratings of issuers 
with  respect  to  our  available-for-sale  securities  and  target  an  average  life  to  maturity  of  less  than  eighteen  months. 
Accordingly, we believe that the effects of changes in interest rates and credit ratings of issuers are limited and would not have 
a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. At September 30, 2005, we had a non-trading investment 
portfolio of fixed income securities, excluding those classified as cash and cash equivalents, of $14.5 million (see Note 7 of the 
Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements). If market interest rates were to increase immediately and uniformly by 10% from 
levels as of September 30, 2005, the fair market value of the portfolio would decline by approximately $0.1 million.  

Our  international  operations,  particularly  those  in  Switzerland  and  France,  are  exposed  to  changes  in  foreign  currency 
exchange rates due to transactions denominated in currencies other than the location’s functional currency (the Swiss Franc and 
the Euro). We are also exposed to foreign currency fluctuations due to remeasurement of the net monetary assets of our Israel 
and  Singapore  operations’  local  currencies  into  the  location’s  functional  currency,  the  U.S.  dollar.  Based  on  our  overall 
currency rate exposure at September 30, 2005, a near term 10% appreciation or depreciation in the foreign currency portfolio to 
the U.S. dollar could have approximately a $2.0 million impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows 
for  a  three  month  period.  This  impact  is  heavily  dependent  on  numerous  factors  associated  with  our  foreign  operations, 
including sales to certain customers, product mix and demand, and expense levels.  

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In October 2005 we entered into a foreign exchange forward contract and may enter into additional foreign exchange forward 
contracts and other instruments designed to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency fluctuations on our business.  
Our attempts to hedge against these risks may not be successful and may result in a material adverse impact on our financial 
results and cash flows. 

Item 8.       FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  SUPPLEMENTARY  DATA. 

The Consolidated Financial Statements of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc. listed in  the index appearing under Item 15 (a)(1) 
herein are filed as part of this Report under this Item 8. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands) 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Kulicke & Soffa Industries, Inc.:  

We  have  completed  an  integrated  audit  of  Kulicke  and  Soffa  Industries  Inc.’s  2005  consolidated  financial  statements  and  of  its  internal 
control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2005 and audits of its 2004 and 2003 consolidated financial statements in accordance 
with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Our  opinions,  based  on  our  audits,  are  presented 
below.  

Consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of Kulicke and Soffa Industries Inc. at September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2004, and the results of their operations 
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2005 in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America.  In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under 
Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated 
financial statements.  These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our 
audits  of  these  statements  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those 
standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of 
material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures 
in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the 
overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

Internal control over financial reporting  

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing 
under Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2005 based on criteria 
established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material 
respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2005,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  COSO.  The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express 
opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. 
We  conducted  our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether 
effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting 
includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating 
the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control,  and  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  consider  necessary  in  the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of 
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of 
records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (ii)  provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any 
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or 
that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
December 13, 2005  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

46 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands) 

ASSETS 

Current Assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful 

accounts (2004 - $3,646; 2005 - $3,257) 

Inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 
Deferred income taxes 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 

Property, plant and equipment, net 
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization  
(2004 - $35,209; 2005 - $-0-) 

Goodwill 
Other assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

September 30, 
2004 

September 30, 
2005 

$            60,333 
3,257 
32,176 

$            79,455 
1,381 
14,533 

110,718 
58,017 
10,601 
992 
276,094 

57,506 

143,575 
54,744 
10,267 
1,605 
305,560 

45,132 

54,045 
81,440 
7,873 
$          476,958 

- 
29,684 
6,120 
$          386,496 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) 

CURRENT LIABILITIES: 
Current Liabilities: 
Current portion of long-term debt 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 
Income taxes payable 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Long-term debt 
Other liabilities 
Deferred income taxes 

TOTAL LIABILITIES 

Commitments and contingencies 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT): 
Preferred stock; without par value: 

Authorized – 5,000 shares; issued - none 

Common stock, without par value: 

Authorized – 200,000 shares; issued and outstanding: 
2004 – 51,162 shares; 2005 – 51,981 shares 

Retained earnings (deficit) 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) 

$                 202 
50,002 
37,660 
12,277 
100,141 

275,725 
8,112 
25,960 
409,938 

$            10,119 
59,448 
32,748 
17,196 
119,511 

270,000 
6,389 
22,344 
418,244 

- 

- 

213,847 
(139,912)    
(6,915)    
67,020 

218,426 
(243,994) 
(6,180) 
(31,748) 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) 

$             476,958 

  $             386,496 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 
2004 

2005 

2003 

Net revenue 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Selling, general and administrative 
Research and development 
Resizing 
Asset impairment 
Goodwill impairment 
Amortization of intangibles 
Gain on sale of assets 
Loss on sale of product lines 
Operating expenses 

Income (loss) from operations 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Charge on extinguishment of debt 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes for continuing operations 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax 
Loss on sale of FCT Division, net of tax 
Net income (loss) 

Net income (loss) per share from continuing operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Loss per share from discontinued operations: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Net income (loss) per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Weighted average shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $         477,935 

$      717,811 

$      561,274 

349,727 

128,208 

102,327 
38,121 
(475) 
3,629 
- 
9,260 
- 
5,257 
158,119 

486,806 

231,005 

101,225 
34,611 
(68) 
3,293 
- 
9,022 
(1,023) 
- 
147,060 

419,695 

141,579 

94,473 
41,025 
- 
48,820 
51,756 
6,225 
(2,173) 
- 
240,126 

(29,911) 

83,945 

(98,547) 

940 
(17,431) 
- 
(46,402) 
7,594 
(53,996) 
(22,693) 
- 
  $        (76,689) 

1,109 
(10,466) 
(10,510) 
64,078 
7,386 
56,692 
(432) 
(380) 
$        55,880 

2,228  
(3,806) 
- 
(100,125) 
3,957  
(104,082) 
- 
- 
$   (104,082) 

$         (1.09) 
$         (1.09) 

$           1.12  
$           0.90  

$         (2.02) 
$         (2.02) 

$         (0.46) 
$         (0.46) 

$         (0.02) 
$         (0.01) 

$                - 
$                - 

$         (1.54) 
$         (1.54) 

$           1.10  
$           0.89  

$         (2.02) 
$         (2.02) 

49,695  
49,695  

50,746  
68,582  

51,619  
51,619  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 
2004 

2005 

2003 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
Net income (loss) 

$    (76,689) 

  $     55,880 

$   (104,082) 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used 
in) operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Charge on early extinguishment of debt 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
Impairment of fixed and intangible assets 
Impairment of goodwill 
Loss (gain) on sale of product lines and properties 
Deferred taxes 
Provision for inventory valuations 
Non-cash employee benefits 

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquired and 

sold businesses: 

Accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 
Income taxes payable 
Other, net 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
Proceeds from sales of investments classified as available for sale 
Purchase of investments classified as available  for sale 
Purchases of plant and equipment 
Sale (purchase) of Flip Chip segment 
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
Net proceeds from issuance of 0.5% convertible subordinated notes 
Net proceeds from issuance of 1.0% convertible subordinated notes 
Purchase of 4.75% convertible subordinate notes 
Purchase of 5.25% convertible subordinate notes 
Payments on borrowings, including capitalized leases 
Borrowings associated with direct financing arrangement 
Changes in restricted cash 
Proceeds from issuances of common stock 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate  changes on cash and cash equivalents 

Change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at: 

Beginning of year 
End of year 

Supplemental Disclosures: 
Cash payments for interest 
Cash payments for income taxes 

37,852 
- 
89 
519 
10,502 
5,667 
5,257 
- 
3,490 
2,230 

(5,531) 
2,454 
(1,138) 
(18,142) 
3,734 
604 
(29,102) 

26,287 
(8,603) 
(10,975) 
- 
1,643 
8,352 

- 
- 
- 
- 
(205) 
- 
344 
424 
563 

(74) 

30,678 
10,510 
991 
(850) 
3,293 
- 
(1,023) 
466 
3,566 
2,262 

(19,293) 
(23,766) 
1,512 
1,750 
1,982 
3,304 
71,262 

17,286 
(44,992) 
(13,405) 
3,352 
933 
(36,826) 

199,328 
63,189 
(178,563) 
(127,425) 
(93) 
- 
(421) 
4,162 
(39,823) 

(5) 

(20,261) 

(5,392) 

25,411 
- 
- 
6 
48,820 
51,756 
(2,173) 
(3,905) 
4,454 
3,482 

(33,142) 
(1,275) 
(1,220) 
4,163 
5,034 
(15) 
(2,686) 

55,615 
(37,907) 
(12,505) 
- 
3,187 
8,390 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
10,622 
1,876 
1,097 
13,595 

(177) 

19,122 

85,986 
$      65,725 

65,725 
$     60,333 

60,333 
$        79,455 

$      15,700 
$        4,800 

$     11,100 
$       4,800 

$          1,707 
$          5,824 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) 
(in thousands) 

Balances at September 30, 2002 

Employer contribution to the Company’s 401K plan 
Employer contribution to Company’s pension plan 
Exercise of stock options 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
Components of comprehensive loss: 
Net loss 
Translation adjustment 
Unrealized gain on investments, net 
Minimum pension liability (net of taxes of $397) 
Total comprehensive loss 
Balances at September 30, 2003 

Employer contribution to the Company’s 401K plan 
Employer contribution to Company’s pension plan 
Exercise of stock options 
Tax benefit from exercise of stock options 
Components of comprehensive income: 
Net income 
Translation adjustment 
Unrealized loss on investments, net 
Minimum pension liability (net of taxes of $215) 
Total comprehensive income 
Balances at September 30, 2004 

Employer contribution to the Company’s 401K plan 
Employer contribution to Company’s pension plan 
Exercise of stock options 
Components of comprehensive income: 
Net loss 
Translation adjustment 
Unrealized gain on investments, net 
Minimum pension liability 
Total comprehensive loss 
Balances at September 30, 2005 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Deficit) 
$ (119,103) 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss 
$ (11,460) 

Shareholders’ 
Equity (Deficit) 
$ 69,323 

Common Stock 

Shares 

49,414 

Amount 
$ 199,886 

429 
150 
99 

2,230 
987 
415 
89 

(76,689) 

2,953 
51 
738 

50,092 

$ 203,607 

$ (195,792) 

$ (7,718) 

214 
230 
626 

2,262 
2,825 
4,162 
991 

55,880 

445 
(42) 
400 

51,162 

$ 213,847 

$ (139,912) 

$ (6,915) 

281 
215 
323 

1,958 
1,524 
1,097 

(104,082) 

590 
36 
109 

51,981 

$ 218,426 

$ (243,994) 

$ (6,180) 

2,230 
987 
415 
89 

(76,689) 
2,953 
51 
738 
(72,947) 
$       97 

2,262 
2,825 
4,162 
991 

55,880 
445 
(42) 
400 
56,683 
$ 67,020 

1,958 
1,524 
1,097 
- 
(104,082) 
590 
36 
109 
(103,347) 
$ (31,748) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1:  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Basis of Consolidation - These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc. and 
its subsidiaries (the “Company”), with appropriate elimination of intercompany balances and transactions.  

Nature  of  Business  –  The  Company  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  capital  equipment,  packaging  materials  and  test 
interconnect  solutions  and  services,  maintains,  repairs  and  upgrades  assembly  equipment.  The  Company’s  operating  results 
depend  upon  the  capital  and  operating  expenditures  of  semiconductor  manufacturers  and  subcontract  assemblers  worldwide 
which,  in  turn,  depend  on  the  current  and  anticipated  market  demand  for  semiconductors  and  products  utilizing 
semiconductors. The semiconductor industry is highly volatile and experiences periodic downturns and slowdowns which have 
a  severe  negative  effect  on  the  semiconductor  industry’s  demand  for  semiconductor  capital  equipment,  including  assembly 
equipment  manufactured  and  marketed  by  the  Company  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  packaging  materials  and  test  interconnect 
solutions  such  as  those  sold  by  the  Company.  Over  time,  these  downturns  and  slowdowns  have  also  adversely  affected  the 
Company’s  operating  results.  The  Company  believes  such  volatility  will  continue  to  characterize  the  industry  and  the 
Company’s operations in the future.  

Management Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles 
requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period. The more significant areas involving the use of estimates in these financial statements 
include allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable, reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, carrying value and lives 
of  fixed  assets,  goodwill  and  intangible  assets,  valuation  allowances  for  deferred  tax  assets,  deferred  tax  liabilities  for 
undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries, self insurance reserves, pension benefit liabilities, resizing, warranty and 
litigation. Actual results could differ from those estimated.  

Vulnerability to Certain Concentrations - Financial instruments, which may subject the Company to concentrations of credit 
risk at September 30, 2005 and 2004 consist primarily of investments and trade receivables. The Company manages credit risk 
associated  with  investments  by  investing  its  excess  cash  in  investment  grade  debt  instruments  of  the  U.S.  Government, 
financial  institutions  and  corporations.  The  Company  has  established  investment  guidelines  relative  to  diversification  and 
maturities designed to maintain safety and liquidity. These guidelines are periodically reviewed and modified to take advantage 
of  trends  in  yields  and  interest  rates.  The  Company’s  trade  receivables  result  primarily  from  the  sale  of  semiconductor 
equipment, related accessories and replacement parts, packaging materials and test interconnect products to a relatively small 
number of large manufacturers in a highly concentrated industry. The Company continually assesses the financial strength of 
its customers to reduce the risk of loss. Write-offs of uncollectible accounts have historically not been significant.  

Cash Equivalents - The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when 
purchased to be cash equivalents.  

Investments - Investments, other than cash equivalents, are classified as “trading,” “available-for-sale” or “held-to-maturity”, in 
accordance  with  SFAS  115,  and depending  upon  the  nature  of  the  investment,  its  ultimate  maturity  date  in  the  case  of  debt 
securities, and management’s intentions with respect to holding the securities. Investments classified as “trading” are reported 
at  fair  market  value,  with  unrealized  gains  or  losses  included  in  earnings.  Investments  classified  as  “available-for-sale”  are 
reported  at  fair  market  value,  with  net  unrealized  gains  or  losses  reflected  as  a  separate  component  of  shareholders’  equity 
(accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)).  The  fair  market  value  of  trading  and  available-for-sale  securities  is 
determined  using  quoted  market  prices  at  the  balance  sheet  date.  Investments  classified  as  held-to-maturity  are  reported  at 
amortized cost. Realized gains and losses are determined on the basis of specific identification of the securities sold.  

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts.    The  Company  maintains  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  for  estimated  losses  resulting 
from the inability of its customers to make required payments. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers were to 
deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. The Company 
also is subject to concentrations of customers and sales to a few geographic locations, which may also impact the collectability 
of certain receivables. If economic or political conditions were to change in the countries where the Company does business, it 
could have a significant impact on the results of its operations, and its ability to realize the full value of its accounts receivable.  

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost (which approximates actual cost on a first-in first-out basis) or 
market value, except for certain gold inventories on hand that are stated at market value (along with a corresponding liability) 
in accordance with the terms of our gold supply financing agreement. The Company generally provides reserves for equipment 
inventory and spare parts and consumable inventories considered to be in excess of eighteen (18) months of forecasted future 
demand and test interconnect inventory considered to be in excess of 12 months of forecasted future demand. The forecasted 
demand  is  based  upon  internal  projections,  historical  sales  volumes,  customer  order  activity  and  a  review  of  consumable 
inventory levels at our customers’ facilities. The Company communicates forecasts of its future demand to its suppliers and 
adjusts commitments to those suppliers accordingly. If required, the Company reserves for the difference between the carrying 
value of its inventory and the lower of cost or market value, based upon assumptions about future demand, market conditions 
and  the  next  cyclical  market  upturn.  If  actual  market  conditions  are  less  favorable  than  its  projections,  additional  inventory 
reserves may be required.  

Property,  Plant  and  Equipment  -  Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost.  The  cost  of  additions  and  those 
improvements which increase the capacity or lengthen the useful lives of assets are capitalized while repair and maintenance 
costs are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization are provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
lives as follows: buildings 25 to 40 years; machinery and equipment 3 to 10 years; and leasehold improvements are based on 
the shorter of the life of lease or life of asset. Purchased computer software costs related to business and financial systems are 
amortized over a five year period on a straight-line basis.  

Long-Lived Assets – The Company’s long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill and intangible assets.  
In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, the Company’s goodwill is no longer 
amortized. The standard also requires that an impairment test be performed to support the carrying value of goodwill at least 
annually, and whenever events occur that may impact the carrying value of goodwill. The Company’s goodwill impairment test 
utilizes discounted cash flows to determine fair value and comparative market multiples to corroborate fair value.  

The  Company’s  intangible  assets  with  determinable  lives,  which  were  comprised  of  customer  accounts  and  complete 
technology in its test interconnect business segment, were amortized over their estimated useful life. The Company amortized 
these  intangible  assets  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  period  to  be  benefited  by  the  intangible  assets,  which  was 
10 years. The Company managed and valued its complete technology in the aggregate as one asset group.  

In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  144,  “Accounting  for  the  Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-lived  Assets,”  the  Company’s 
intangible  assets  and  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  tested  for  impairment  based  on  undiscounted  cash  flows,  and  if 
impaired, written-down to fair value based on either discounted cash flows or appraised values. This standard also provides a 
single accounting model for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale and establishes additional criteria that would have to be 
met to classify an asset as held for sale. The carrying amount of an asset or asset group is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum 
of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset or asset group. Estimates of 
future  cash  flows  used  to  test  the  recoverability  of  a  long-lived  asset  or  asset  group  must  incorporate  the  entity’s  own 
assumptions  about  its  use  of  the  asset  or  asset  group  and  must  factor  in  all  available  evidence.  SFAS  No.  144  requires  that 
long-lived  assets  be  tested  for  recoverability  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  its  carrying  amount 
may  not  be  recoverable.  Such  events  include  significant  under-performance  relative  to  the  expected  historical  or  projected 
future operating results; significant changes in the manner of use of the assets; significant negative industry or economic trends 
and significant changes in market capitalization.  

Foreign Currency Translation – The majority of the Company’s business is transacted in U.S. dollars, however, the functional 
currency of some of the Company’s subsidiaries is their local currency. For the Company subsidiaries that have a functional 
currency other than the U.S. dollar, gains and losses resulting from the translation of the functional currency into U.S. dollars 
for  financial  statement  presentation  are  not  included  in  determining  net  income  but  are  accumulated  in  the  cumulative 
translation  adjustment  account  as  a  separate  component  of  shareholders’  equity  (accumulated  other  comprehensive  income 
(loss)), in accordance with SFAS No. 52. Cumulative translation adjustments are not adjusted for income taxes as they relate to 
indefinite investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in 
the determination of net income. Net exchange and transaction losses were $0.3 million, $0.9 million, and $1.4 million, for the 
fiscal years ended September 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  

Revenue Recognition – The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB 104), 
Revenue  Recognition.  The  Company  recognizes  revenue  when  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  delivery  has 
occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, the collectibility is reasonably assured, and it has 
completed its equipment installation obligations and received customer acceptance, or is otherwise released from its installation 
or customer acceptance obligations. In the event terms of the sale provide for a lapsing customer acceptance period, revenue is 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
recognized  based  upon  the  expiration  of  the  lapsing  acceptance  period  or  customer  acceptance,  whichever  occurs  first.  The 
Company’s standard terms are Ex Works (K&S factory), with title transferring to its customer at the Company’s loading dock 
or  upon  embarkation.  The  Company  does  have  a  small  percentage  of  sales  with  other  terms,  and  revenue  is  recognized  in 
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  related  customer  purchase  order.  Revenue  related  to  services  is  generally  recognized  upon 
performance of the services requested by a customer order. Revenue for extended maintenance service contracts with a term 
more than one month is recognized on a prorated straight-line basis over the term of the contract.  

Shipping and handling costs billed to customers are recognized in net revenue. Shipping and handling costs are included in cost 
of sales. 

Research  and  Development  -  The  Company  charges  all  research  and  development  costs  associated  with  the  development  of 
new products to expense when incurred.  

Income Taxes - Deferred income taxes are determined using the liability method in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting 
for Income Taxes. No provision is made for U.S. income taxes on the portion of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries 
which are indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax 
assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.  

Environmental Expenditures – Future environmental remediation expenditures are recorded in operating expenses when it is 
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Accrued liabilities do not 
include claims against third parties and are not discounted.  

Earnings Per Share - Earnings per share are calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share. Basic earnings 
per  share  include  only  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  period.  Diluted  earnings  per 
share  include  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  and  the  dilutive  effect  of  stock  options  and  other  potentially 
dilutive securities outstanding during the period, when such instruments are dilutive.  

Variable  Interest  Entities  -  In  January  2003,  the  FASB  issued  Interpretation  No.  46  (FIN  46),  Consolidation  of  Variable 
Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51. FIN 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the 
primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial 
interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial 
support from other parties. Effective October 1, 2003, the Company identified a business enterprise that qualified as a variable 
interest  entity  and  consolidated  the  entity  (the  “VIE”)  into  the  Company’s  financial  statements  beginning  with  the  quarter 
ending  December  31,  2003.  In  fiscal  2004,  the  consolidation  of  the  VIE  increased  the  Company’s  assets  and  liabilities  by 
approximately $6.0 million. During fiscal 2005, the VIE sold land and a building located in Gilbert, Arizona and subsequently 
was dissolved. The deconsolidation of the VIE in fiscal 2005 resulted in a decrease in assets and liabilities by approximately 
$5.8 million and $5.5 million, respectively. 

Accounting for Leases – In accordance with SFAS No. 98, Accounting For Leases, (SFAS 98) the Company accounts for a 
sale-leaseback transaction involving real estate as a sale-leaseback transaction if the transaction includes the following: 

•  A normal leaseback, as described in SFAS 98. 
•  Payment terms and provisions that adequately demonstrate the buyer-lessor's initial and continuing investment in the 

property. 

•  Payment  terms  and  provisions  that  transfer  all  of  the  other  risks  and  rewards  of  ownership  as  demonstrated  by  the 

absence of any other continuing involvement by the seller-lessee. 

Otherwise, the Company accounts for the sale by the deposit method or as a direct financing arrangement in accordance with 
SFAS 98. 

Extinguishment  of  Debt  –  Gains  and  losses  from  the  extinguishment  of  debt  are  included  in  income  (loss)  from  operations 
unless  the  extinguishment  is  both  unusual  in  nature  and  infrequent  in  occurrence,  in  which  case  the  gain  or  loss  would  be 
presented as an extraordinary item. 

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – The Company accounts for stock option grants using the “intrinsic value method” 
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB No. 25”), and 
discloses the pro forma effect on net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share as if the fair value method had been applied to 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
stock option grants, in accordance with SFAS 123, Accounting For Stock-Based Compensation.  

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure. This 
Statement  amends  FASB  Statement  No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,  to  provide  alternative  methods  of 
transition  for  a  voluntary  change  to  the  fair  value  based  method  of  accounting  for  stock-based  employee  compensation.  In 
addition, this Statement amends the disclosure requirements of Statement 123 to require prominent disclosures in both annual 
and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the 
method used on reported results.  The Company has adopted the disclosure provisions of this standard.  

Pro forma information regarding net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share is required by SFAS 123 for options granted 
after October 1, 1995 as if the Company had accounted for its stock option grants to employees under the fair value method of 
SFAS  123.  The  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  weighted  averages  of  stock  option  grants  to  employees  was  estimated  using  a 
Black-Scholes option pricing model.  

The following assumptions were employed to estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees: 

Expected dividend yield 
Expected stock price volatility 
Risk-free rate 
Expected life (years) 

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 
2005 
2004 
2003 
- 
- 
- 
83.52% 
83.42% 
84.78% 
3.32% 
3.32% 
2.89% 
5 
5 
5 

For pro forma purposes, the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock options to employees and directors is amortized over 
the options’ vesting period. The Company’s pro forma information follows: 

(net loss in thousands) 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 
2004 

2003 

2005 

Net income (loss), as reported 

  $     (76,689) 

  $        55,880 

  $   (104,082) 

Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense 
determined under fair value based method for all  
awards, net of related tax effects 

(8,828) 

(11,831) 

(12,742) 

Pro forma net income (loss) 

$     (85,517) 

  $        44,049 

$   (116,824) 

Net income (loss) per share: 

Basic – as reported 
Basic – pro forma 

Diluted – as reported 
Diluted – pro forma 

$         (1.54) 
$         (1.72) 

  $            1.10 
  $            0.87 

$         (2.02) 
(2.26) 

$         (1.54) 
$         (1.72) 

  $            0.89 
  $            0.72 

$         (2.02) 
$         (2.26) 

With respect to the accounting treatment of retirement eligibility provisions  of  employee  stock-based  compensation awards, 
the  Company  has  historically  followed  the    nominal    vesting  period  approach  versus  the  non-substantive  vesting  period 
approach as proscribed by SFAS 123.  The impact of not applying the non-substantive vesting period approach in prior years 
was not material to the consolidated financial statements. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 151, Inventory Costs – an amendment 
of ARB 43, chapter 4 (SFAS 151). SFAS 151 clarifies the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, 
handling  costs,  and wasted  material  (spoilage)  in  the determination  of  inventory  carrying  costs.  The statement  requires  such 
costs be recognized as a current-period expense. SFAS 151 also requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the 
costs  of  conversion  be  based  on  the  normal  capacity  of  the  production  facilities.  This  statement  is  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning  after  June  15,  2005.  The  adoption  of  this  standard  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Company’s 
financial condition or results of operations. 

In  December  2004,  the  FASB  issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123R  (revised  2004),  “Share-Based 
Payment” (“SFAS 123R”). In summary, SFAS 123R requires companies to expense the fair value of employee stock options 
and similar awards as of the date the Company grants the awards to employees. The expense would be recognized over the 
vesting period for each option and adjusted for actual forfeitures that occur before vesting. The adoption of SFAS 123R will 
require  additional  accounting  related  to  the  income  tax  effects  and  additional  disclosures  regarding  the  cash  flow  effects 
resulting from share-based payment arrangements. SFAS 123R is effective for annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. In 
March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB” 107) relating to the 
adoption of SFAS 123(R). 

The  Company  will  adopt  SFAS  123(R)  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2006  using  the  modified  prospective  basis  transition 
method. Under this method, compensation cost is recognized for share-based payments to employees based on their grant date 
fair  value  from  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  period  in  which  the  recognition  provisions  are  first  applied.  Measurement  and 
recognition of compensation cost for awards that were granted prior to, but not vested as of the date of adoption are based on 
the same estimate of grant-date fair value and the same recognition method used previously under SFAS 123 The value of each 
option  is  estimated  as  of  the  grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model.  The  Company  will  recognize  the 
compensation cost for stock-based awards issued after September 30, 2005 on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 
period.  With  respect  to  the  accounting  treatment  of  retirement  eligibility  provisions  of  employee  stock-based  compensation 
awards, the Company will follow the non-substantive vesting period approach and recognize compensation cost immediately 
for awards granted to retirement eligible employees, or over the period from the grant date to the date retirement eligibility is 
achieved. We expect that the adoption of SFAS 123(R) will have a material impact on our results of operations. The financial 
statement impact will be dependent on the future stock-based awards and any unvested stock options outstanding at the date of 
adoption. 

Reclassifications  -  Certain  reclassifications  have  been  made  to  prior  year  balances  in  order  to  conform  to  the  current  year’s 
presentation.  

NOTE 2: DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 

In February 1996, the Company entered into a joint venture agreement with Delco Electronics Corporation (“Delco”) providing 
for the formation and management of Flip Chip Technologies, LLC (“FCT”). FCT was formed to license related technologies 
and to provide wafer bumping services on a contract basis. In March 2001, the Company purchased the remaining interest in 
the joint venture owned by Delco for $5.0 million and included FCT in its Advanced Packaging business segment. FCT was 
not profitable.  

In February 2004, the Company sold the assets of FCT for approximately $3.4 million in cash and notes, the agreement by the 
buyer to satisfy approximately $5.2 million of the Company’s lease liabilities and the assumption of certain other liabilities. 
The sale included fixed assets, inventories, and intellectual property of the Company’s flip chip business. The major classes of 
FCT  assets  and  liabilities  sold  included:  $3.6  million  in  accounts  receivable,  $119  thousand  in  inventory,  $2.5  million  in 
property, plant and equipment, $119 thousand in other long term assets, $1.5 million in accounts payable and $1.0 million in 
accrued liabilities. The Company recorded a net loss on the sale of FCT of $380 thousand. The net sales from FCT in fiscal 
2004 were $9.4 million and net loss was $432 thousand. FCT has been recorded as a discontinued operation in these financial 
statements. The Company also reclassified its prior period financial statements to coincide with the current presentation. 

The Company recorded revenue and pre-tax loss associated with FCT of $16.4 million and $22.7 million in fiscal 2003. The 
Company recorded no income tax provision or benefit from the loss at FCT in fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005.  

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 3: RESIZING COSTS   

The semiconductor industry has been volatile, with sharp periodic downturns and slowdowns. The industry experienced excess 
capacity  and  a  severe  contraction  in  demand for  semiconductor  manufacturing  equipment  during fiscal  2003.  The  Company 
developed  formal  resizing  plans  in  response  to  these  changes  in  its  business  environment  with  the  intent  to  align  its  cost 
structure with anticipated revenue levels. Accounting for resizing activities requires an evaluation of formally agreed upon and 
approved  plans.  The  Company  documented  and  committed  to  these  plans  to  reduce  spending  that  included  facility 
closings/rationalizations and reductions in workforce. The Company recorded the expense associated with these plans in the 
period that it committed to the plans. Although the Company made every attempt to consolidate all known resizing activities 
into one plan, the extreme cycles and rapidly changing forecasting environment places limitations on achieving this objective. 
The recognition of a resizing event does not necessarily preclude similar but unrelated actions in future periods. 

The  Company  recorded  resizing  charges  of  $18.8  million  in  fiscal  2002  and  $4.2  million  in  fiscal  2001.  In  fiscal  2004,  the 
Company  reversed  $68  thousand  of  these  resizing  charges  and  in  fiscal  2003  it  reversed  $475  thousand  of  these  resizing 
charges as the actual severance costs were less than the cost originally estimated.   

In addition to the formal resizing costs identified below, the Company continued (and is continuing) to downsize its operations 
in fiscal 2003, 2004 and 2005. These downsizing efforts resulted in workforce reduction charges of $3.7 million in fiscal 2005, 
$4.5 million in fiscal 2004 and $5.6 million in fiscal 2003. In contrast to the resizing plans discussed above, these workforce 
reductions  were  not  related  to  formal  or  distinct  restructurings,  but  rather,  the  normal  and  recurring  management  of 
employment  levels  in  response  to  business  conditions  and  our  ongoing  effort  to  reduce  the  Company’s  cost  structure.  In 
addition, during fiscal 2003, if the business conditions were to have improved, the Company was prepared to rehire some of 
these  terminated  individuals.  These  recurring  workforce  reduction  charges  were  recorded  as  Selling,  General  and 
Administrative expenses. 

A table of the charges, reversals and payments of the formal resizing plans initiated in fiscal 2002 appears below: 

Fiscal 2002 Resizing Plans 

Provision for resizing plans in fiscal 2002 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 

Payment of obligations 

Balance, September 30, 2002 

Change in estimate 
Payment of obligations 

Balance, September 30, 2003 

Change in estimate 
Payment of obligations 

Balance, September 30, 2004 

Payment of obligations 

Balance, September 30, 2005 

(in thousands) 

Severance 
and Benefits 

Commitments 

Total 

$     9,486  
893  
(5,914) 
4,465  
(455) 
(3,135) 
875  
(68) 
(440) 
367  
(342) 
$          25  

$     9,282  
- 
(300) 
8,982  
- 
(3,192) 
5,790  
- 
(2,619) 
3,171  
(2,064) 
$     1,107  

$     18,768  
893  
(6,214) 
13,447 
(455) 
(6,327) 
6,665  
(68) 
(3,059) 
3,538  
(2,406) 
$     1,132  

The  plans  have  been  completed  but  cash  payments  for  the  severance  charges  and  operating  lease  payments  are  expected  to 
continue into fiscal 2006, or such time as the obligations can be satisfied.  

NOTE 4:  ASSET IMPAIRMENT 

Fiscal 2005 

In fiscal 2005, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $48.8 million, to completely write-off customer account 
and complete technology intangible assets associated with its Test business segment (see Note 5). 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal 2004 

In fiscal 2004, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $3.3 million, $3.2 million of which was due to the write-
off of the portion of its complete technology intangible asset associated with its PC board fabrication business (which was sold 
in fiscal 2004) and $110 thousand was associated with the write-down of manufacturing equipment resulting from the closure 
of a probe card production facility in France.  

Fiscal 2003  

In  fiscal  2003,  the  Company  recorded  an  asset  impairment  charge  of  $10.5  million  ($3.6  in  continuing  operations  and  $6.9 
million in discontinued operations). The charge included: $6.9 million in its flip chip business unit to write-down assets to their 
estimated fair market value; $1.7 million associated with manufacturing equipment for a discontinued test product; $1.2 million 
associated with manufacturing equipment in a downsized test facility in Dallas, Texas; and $730 thousand resulting from the 
write-down  of  assets  that  were  sold  and  assets  that  became  obsolete.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2003,  the  Company 
completed the sale of its sawing and hard material blades product lines as well as its polymer product line. As a result of these 
transactions, the Company recorded a loss of $5.3 million made up of asset write-offs of $6.5 million offset by cash proceeds 
of $1.2 million.  

NOTE 5: GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

As  of  September  30,  2005,  the  Company’s  remaining  goodwill  of  $29.7  million  relates  to  the  bonding  wire  business  unit 
included in the Company’s Packaging Materials segment. As of September 30, 2004, the Company’s goodwill and intangible 
assets totaling $135.5 million related to two reporting units. The reporting units were the bonding wire business unit and the 
Test segment.   

Intangible assets classified as goodwill and those with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangible assets with determinable 
lives  are  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  life.  The  Company  performs  an  annual  impairment  test  of  its  goodwill  and 
indefinite-lived intangible assets at the end of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, which coincides with the completion of its 
annual  forecasting  process.  The  Company  also  tests  for  impairment  between  annual  tests  if  a  “triggering”  event  occurs  that 
may have the effect of reducing the fair value of a reporting unit or its intangible assets below their respective carrying values. 
When conducting its goodwill impairment analysis, the Company calculates its potential impairment charges based on the two-
step  test  identified  in  SFAS 142  and using  the  estimated  fair value of  the  respective  reporting units.  The  Company  uses  the 
present value of future cash flows from the respective reporting units to determine the estimated fair value of the reporting unit 
and the implied fair value of goodwill. The Company’s intangible assets other than goodwill are tested for impairment based on 
undiscounted cash flows, and if impaired, written-down to fair value based on either discounted cash flows or appraised values. 
The Company’s intangible assets in its Test business segment were comprised of customer accounts and complete technology. 
The Company manages and values complete technology in the aggregate as one asset group. 

Due to the existence of impairment triggers, during the third quarter of fiscal 2005 the Company performed interim impairment 
tests  on  the  Test  segment  goodwill  and  other  long-lived  tangible  and  intangible  assets.  These  triggers  included  the 
identification  of  difficulties  in  the  development  of  new  Test  products,  challenges  in  the  introduction  of  these  products,  and 
greater than expected losses incurred by the Test segment. Based on this impairment analysis, a goodwill impairment charge 
totaling  $51.8  million  was  recorded  to  fully  write  off  the  goodwill  of  the  Test  reporting  unit.    The  fair  value  of  the  Test 
reporting unit goodwill was determined by discounting the projected future cash flows from this reporting unit (the fair value 
of  the  reporting  unit)  and  then  performing  an  allocation  of  this  fair  value  to  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible  and  identifiable 
intangible assets of the reporting unit, with the residual representing the implied fair value of the goodwill.  

The  Company  also  tested  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  (other  than  goodwill)  of  the  Test  segment  for  impairment  during 
fiscal  2005  by  comparing  the  carrying  value  of  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  to  the  sum  of  the  undiscounted  cash  flows 
expected to result from the Test segment, in accordance with SFAS 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-
lived  Assets.”    Based  on  these  analyses,  it  determined  that  the  carrying  value  of  the  identifiable  intangible  assets  was  not 
recoverable.  As such, impairment charges totaling $48.8 million were recorded during fiscal 2005 to completely write off the 
customer account and complete technology assets of the Test segment. The fair value of the identifiable other intangible assets 
was calculated using the present value of estimated future cash flows of the Test segment. (See Note 4.)   

In fiscal 2004, we performed interim goodwill impairment tests due to the existence of an impairment trigger, which were the 
losses experienced in our test business. Based on these test results and our annual impairment test, no impairment charge was 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
recorded in fiscal 2004. The fair value of the test reporting unit was based on discounted cash flows of our projected future 
cash flows from this reporting unit, consistent with the methods used in fiscal 2002 and 2003. We also tested our intangible 
assets for impairment in the March 2004 quarter, as a result of the sale of certain assets of the test operations and recorded an 
impairment charge of $3.2 million associated with the reporting unit’s purchased technology intangible asset. (See Note 4.)  

In fiscal 2003, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $5.7 million (included in discontinued operations) at its 
flip chip business unit. The fair value of this reporting unit was determined using quoted prices from potential purchasers of 
this reporting unit. The quoted prices were subsequently confirmed upon the sale of the assets of the flip chip reporting unit in 
February of 2004. The triggering event for this impairment charge was also recalibrated forecasts in the fourth quarter of fiscal 
2003, when the Company determined that the fair value of its flip chip reporting unit was less than its current carrying value. 

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets from September 30, 2003 to September 30, 2005 appear 
below:  

Goodwill 
Balance at September 30, 2003 

Impairment charge 

Balance at September 30, 2004 

Impairment charge 

Balance at September 30, 2005 

Other Intangible Assets – Test Segment 

Balance at September 30, 2003 

Impairment charge 
Amortization  

Balance at September 30, 2004 

Additions 
Impairment charge 
Amortization  

Balance at September 30, 2005 

(in thousands) 

Packaging 
Materials 
Segment 

Test 
Segment 

Total 

  Goodwill 

  $              29,684 $          51,756   $        81,440 
-
        81,440 
(51,756)
$       29,684  

- 
-
          51,756  
              29,684
(51,756) 
-
  $             29,684  $                   -  

(in thousands) 

Customer 
Accounts 

  Complete 
  Technology   

Total 
Intangible 
Assets 

  $              29,451 $           36,798  $        66,249 
(3,182) 
(9,022) 
54,045  
1,000 
        (48,820)
          (6,225)

(3,182) 
(4,910) 
28,706 
1,000 
         (26,290) 
         (3,416) 

-
(4,112)
25,339
-
            (22,530)
              (2,809)
  $                   -  

$                 -      $               -  

The  $1.0  million  addition  in  the  Test  segment’s  Complete  Technology  intangible  assets  during  fiscal  2005  was  for  a 
technology  license  to  be  used  in  the  development  of  new  products.    The  aggregate  amortization  expense  related  to  these 
intangible assets for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $6.2 million, $9.0 million, and $9.3 million, respectively.  

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 6:  ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS 

At September 30, 2004 and 2005, the components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, reflected in the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet, consisted of the following: 

Gain (loss) from foreign currency translation adjustments 
Unrealized gain (loss) on investments, net of taxes 
Minimum pension liability, net of tax 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

NOTE  7:  INVESTMENTS  

(in thousands) 
September 30, 

2004 
$        (516) 
(43) 
(6,356) 
$     (6,915) 

2005 

  $            74  
(7) 
(6,247) 
  $     (6,180) 

At  September  30,  2004  and  2005,  no  short-term  investments  were  classified  as  held-to-maturity.  Investments,  excluding  cash 
equivalents, classified as available-for-sale, consisted of the following at September 30, 2005 and 2004: 

(in thousands)

September 30, 2004
Unrealized
Gains/   
  (Losses) 

Fair 
 Value 

Cost 
 Basis 

Fair 
 Value 

September 30, 2005
Unrealized
Gains/   
  (Losses) 

Cost 
 Basis 

$    

31,883
293

$          
(64)
-

$      

31,947
293

$    

14,234
299

(6)

$            
-

$    

14,240
299

$    

32,176

$          

(64)

$      

32,240

$    

14,533

$            

(6)

$    

14,539

Available-for-sale:
Government and Corporate

   debt securities
Adjustable rate notes
Short-term investments
classified as available
for sale 

In fiscal 2005, the Company purchased $37.9 million of securities it classified as available-for-sale and sold $55.6 million of 
available-for-sale securities. In fiscal 2004, the Company purchased $45.0 million of securities it classified as available-for-sale 
and sold $17.3 million of available-for-sale securities. 

NOTE 8:  BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS  

Inventories consist of the following:  

Raw materials and supplies 
Work in process 
Finished goods 

Inventory reserves 

(in thousands) 
September 30, 

2004 
$      45,411 
12,350 
13,373 
71,134 
(13,117) 
$     58,017 

2005 

  $      42,450 
13,178 
12,288 
67,916 
(13,172) 
  $      54,744 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
           
            
             
           
            
           
Property, Plant and Equipment consist of the following: 

Land 
Buildings and building improvements 
Machinery and equipment 
Leasehold improvements 

Accumulated depreciation 

(in thousands) 
September 30, 

2004 
$         2,718 
16,728 
132,184 
14,738 
166,368 
(108,862) 
$       57,506 

2005 
$         1,576 
20,991 
133,874 
16,125 
172,566 
(127,434) 
$       45,132 

During fiscal 2005, the Company entered into a direct financing arrangement involving the sale and leaseback of land and a 
building  housing  its  corporate  headquarters  in  Willow  Grove,  Pennsylvania.  In  accordance  with  SFAS  98,  “Accounting  for 
Leases”, the Company accounted for the transaction as a financing and continued to report the land and building in its financial 
statements and recorded the cash received of $10.6 million as debt. 

Included in the fiscal 2005 statement of operations is a gain on the sale of a land and building in the amount of $1.5 million. 

Accrued expenses consist of the following: 

Wages and benefits 
Contractual commitments on closed facilities 
Severance 
Customer advances 
Interest on long term debt 
Other 

(in thousands) 
September 30, 

2004 
$    21,314 
3,045 
2,326 
2,791 
493 
7,691 
$    37,660 

2005 

  $    15,833 
1,107 
1,792 
3,555 
505 
9,955 
  $    32,748 

The Company had restricted cash balances of $1.4 million at September 30, 2005 and $3.3 million at September 30, 2004. These 
restricted cash balances were used to support letters of credit.  

NOTE 9:  DEBT OBLIGATIONS 

Long-term debt at September 30, 2004 and 2005 consisted of the following:  

Type 
Convertible Subordinated Notes 
Convertible Subordinated Notes 
Other (1) 

  Fiscal Year 
of Maturity 
2009 
2010 

  Conversion 

Price 
$   20.33 
$   12.84 

Rate 
0.50% 
1.00% 

(in thousands) 
September 30, 

2004 
$  205,000 
65,000 
5,725 
$  275,725 

2005 
$  205,000 
65,000 
- 
$  270,000 

(1)  Fiscal  2004  includes  a  mortgage  of  $5.5  million  held  by  a  limited  liability  company  which  the 
Company began consolidating into its financial statements at December 31, 2003 in accordance 
with FIN 46. The limited liability company was deconsolidated in fiscal 2005. (See Note 1) 

In the first half of fiscal year 2004, we issued $205.0 million of 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes in a private placement to 
qualified  institutional  investors.  No  principal  payments  are  required  until  maturity  on  November  30,  2008,  the  notes  bear 
interest at 0.5% per annum and are convertible into common stock of the Company at a conversion price of $20.33 per share, 
subject to adjustment for certain events. The notes are general obligations of the Company and are subordinated to all senior 
debt.  The  notes  rank  equally  with  the  Company’s  1.0%  Convertible  Subordinated  Notes  (described  below).  There  are  no 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
financial  covenants  associated  with  the  notes  and  there  are  no  restrictions  on  incurring  additional  debt  or  issuing  or 
repurchasing our securities. Interest on the notes is payable on May 30 and November 30 of each year.  

In the second half of fiscal year 2004, we issued $65.0 million of 1.0% Convertible Subordinated Notes in a private placement 
to qualified institutional investors. No principal payments are required until maturity on June 30, 2010, the notes bear interest 
at 1.0% per annum and are convertible into common stock of the Company at a conversion price of $12.84 per share, subject to 
adjustment for certain events. The conversion rights of these notes may be terminated on or after June 30, 2006 if the closing 
price of our common stock has exceeded 140% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days within a period 
of 30 consecutive trading days. The notes are general obligations of the Company and are subordinated to all senior debt. The 
notes rank equally with our 0.5% Convertible Subordinated Notes. There are no financial covenants associated with the notes 
and  there  are  no  restrictions  on  incurring  additional  debt  or  issuing  or  repurchasing  our  securities.  Interest  on  the  notes  is 
payable on June 30 and December 30 of each year.  

In accordance with SFAS No. 98, “Accounting For Leases”, during fiscal 2005 the Company recorded debt of $10.6 million 
(all classified as a current liability as of September 30, 2005), as part of accounting for a sale-leaseback transaction as a direct 
financing arrangement. Monthly lease payments of $0.1 million, which are allocated by the Company to interest expense and 
amortization of the debt, are scheduled through May 2006 at which time the land and building and remaining debt outstanding 
will  be  removed  from  the  Company’s  financial  statements,  and  the  deferred  gain  will  be  recognized.  Interest  expense  is 
calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate, which is estimated to be 6.0%. 

NOTE 10:  SHAREHOLDERS'  EQUITY 

Common Stock 
In fiscal 2005, the Company’s common stock increased by $4.6 million reflecting the proceeds from the exercise of employee and 
director  stock  options  of  $  1.1  million,  $2.0  million  due  to  the  issuance  of  common  stock  as  matching  contributions  to  the 
Company’s 401(k) saving plan, and $1.5 million due to the Company’s contribution of common stock to its pension plan.  

In fiscal 2004, the Company’s common stock increased by $4.2 million reflecting the proceeds from the exercise of employee and 
director stock options, $991 thousand due to a tax benefit associated with the exercise of the stock options, $2.3 million due to the 
issuance of common stock as matching contributions to the Company’s 401(k) saving plan, and $2.8 million due to the Company’s 
contribution of common stock to its pension plan.  

61 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Stock Option Plans 

The  Company  has  five  employee  stock  option  plans  (the  "Employee  Plans")  pursuant  to  which  options  have  been  or  may  be 
granted at 100% of the market price of the Company's Common Stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the Employee 
Plans are exercisable at such dates as are determined in connection with their issuance, but not later than ten years after the date of 
grant.  No  compensation  expense  has  been  recognized  related  to  the  employee  stock  based  plans  as  all  grants  were  made  to 
employees at exercise prices equal to or greater than the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. 

The following summarizes all employee stock option activity for the three years ended September 30, 2005: 

(Option amounts in  thousands)
September 30, 

2003

2004

2005

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price 

Options

Options outstanding at
 beginning of period                           7,320
2,459
Granted
(91)
Exercised                                                      
Terminated or canceled                                      
(1,101)
Options outstanding at
 end of period
Options exercisable at
 end of period

8,587

4,453

$   

12.92
3.45
4.41
10.48

8,587
1,929
(592)
(1,764)

$   

10.57
12.04
6.84
12.05

8,160
3,686
(386)
(1,187)

$   

10.90
7.16
3.82
10.88

10.57

8,160

10.90

10,273

9.82

11.84

4,451

11.55

5,394

11.30

The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and exercisable employee options at September 
30, 2005:  

(Option amounts in thousands) 

Options outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
6.8 
3.2 
8.0 
5.9 
5.9 
4.3 
- 
- 
4.4 
6.5 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$          2.95 
5.94 
7.11 
10.47 
12.99 
16.57 
- 
- 
32.06 
9.82 

Number 
Exercisable 
458 
309 
1,138 
237 
2,148 
1,092 
- 
- 
12 
5,394 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$          2.95 
5.99 
6.91 
10.35 
13.44 
16.67 
- 
- 
32.06 
11.30 

Options 
Outstanding 
1,109 
415 
3,872 
263 
3,282 
1,320 
- 
- 
12 
10,273 

Range of Exercise 
Prices 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

$    1.44 
$    3.22 
$    6.42 
$    9.63 
$  12.04 
$  16.04 
$  19.25 
$  22.45 
$  28.87 

$    3.21 
$    6.41 
$    9.62 
$  12.03 
$  16.03 
$  19.24 
$  22.44 
$  28.86 
$  32.06 

The Company also maintains two stock option plans for non-officer directors (the "Director Plans") pursuant to which options 
to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise price of 100% of the market price on the date of grant are 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
     
       
     
     
     
       
        
       
      
       
      
       
   
     
   
     
   
     
     
     
     
     
   
       
     
     
     
     
     
     
issued to each non-officer director each year. Options to purchase 560,000 shares at an average exercise price of $14.42 were 
outstanding under the Director Plans at September 30, 2005, of which options to purchase 397,500 shares were exercisable.  In 
fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, there were 10,000, 10,000 and 8,000 options, respectively, exercised under the Director Plans at an 
average  exercise  price  of  $6.09,  $3.13  and  $2.75,  respectively.  No  compensation  expense  has  been  recognized  related  to  our 
Director stock based plans as all grants were made at exercise prices equal to or greater than the market price of the Company’s 
common stock at the date of grant. 

At  September  30,  2005,  12.3  million  shares  were  reserved  for  issuance  and  1.4  million  shares  were  available  for  grant  in 
connection  with  the  Employee  Plans  and  910  thousand  shares  were  reserved  for  issuance  and  350  thousand  shares  were 
available for grant in connection with a Director Plan.  

NOTE 11:  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

The Company has a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all U.S. employees who were employed 
on September 30, 1995. The benefits for this plan were based on the employees' years of service and the employees' compensation 
during  the  three  years  before  retirement.  The  Company's  funding  policy  is  consistent  with  the  funding  requirements  of  U.S. 
Federal employee benefit and tax laws. Effective December 31, 1995, the benefits under the Company's pension plan were frozen. 
As a consequence, accrued benefits no longer change as a result of an employee's length of service or compensation.  

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligations at beginning of year:
     Interest cost
     Benefit paid
     Actuarial (gain) loss
Benefit obligation at end of year

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year:
     Actual return on plan assets
     Employer contributions
     Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets at end of year

Reconciliation of funded status:
     Funded status
     Unrecognized actuarial loss
          Net amount recognized at year-end

Amount recognized in the statement of 
 financial position consists of:
     Accrued benefit liability
     Accumulated other comprehensive income/ 
     Unrecognized net loss
          Net amount recognized at year-end

Components of net periodic benefit cost:
     Interest Cost
     Expected return on plan assets
     Recognized actuarial loss
          Net periodic benefit cost

(in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 

2003

2004

2005

$      

$    

$       

$      

$        

17,587
1,122
(678)
1,336
19,367

9,084
2,357
1,635
(678)
12,398

$    

$    

19,367
1,139
(859)
20
19,667

12,398
953
2,824
(859)
15,316

$       

$       

19,667
1,114
(832)
1,233
21,182

15,316
1,969
1,524
(832)
17,977

$      

$    

$       

$       

(6,968)
10,395
3,427

$        

$     

(4,351)
9,780
5,429

$      

$        

$         

(3,205)
9,671
6,466

$       

(6,968)

$     

(4,351)

$        

(3,205)

10,395
3,427

$        

9,780
5,429

$      

9,671
6,466

$         

$        

$      

$         

1,122
(751)
865
1,236

1,139
(1,072)
754
821

$        

$         

$            

1,114
(1,262)
636
488

Weighted-average assumptions as of September 30:
     Discount rate
     Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
     Rate of compensaton increase

* Not applicable due to the December 31, 1995 benefit freeze

6.00%
8.00%

    *

6.00%
8.00%
    *

5.50%
8.00%

    *

Detailed information regarding the Company’s defined benefit pension plan is as follows: 

64 

 
 
 
          
        
           
            
          
             
          
             
           
          
           
           
          
        
           
            
          
             
        
        
           
        
        
           
            
       
          
             
           
              
The  Company’s  pension  plan  weighted-average  asset  allocations  at  September  30,  2005  and  2004  by  asset  category  were  as 
follows: 

Asset Category:

Equity securities (1)
Debt securities
Other 

Plan Assets at September 30,

2004

2005

63%
32%
5%
100%

66%
32%
2%
100%

(1)    Equity  securities  include  Kulicke  and  Soffa  Industries,  Inc.  Common  stock  in  the  amounts  of  $791,000  (5%)  and 
$1,558,750 (9%) at September 30, 2004 and 2005, respectively.  

The  Company  has  adopted  an  investment  policy  for  its  pension  plan  assets  which  emphasizes  capital  appreciation  and, 
secondarily, dividend and interest income.  The Company’s primary goal is to grow the pension plan’s assets for the benefit of the 
pension plan participants and their beneficiaries. To achieve this, the pension plan retains a professional investment advisor and 
invests pension plan assets in equity and fixed income securities.  The Company’s investment policy permits investments in, but 
not limited to, mutual funds, common stocks, U.S. Government and Agency securities, preferred stock and money market funds 
and it prohibits investments in, but not limited to, private placements, limited partnerships, venture-Capital Investments and real-
estate properties. The company’s investment policy also prohibits short selling and margin transactions.  The Company has the 
following range of target mixes for these asset classes, which are readjusted quarterly, when an asset class weighting deviates from 
the target mix, with the goal of achieving the required return at a reasonable risk level: 

Asset Category: 

Equity securities 
Debt securities 
Cash 

Target Mix 
Range(1) 

- 
- 

40% 
60% 
0% 
100% 

65% 
40% 
5% 
100% 

(1) Actual mix may vary from the target mix due to the holding of temporary cash 

securities to meet short term plan obligations. 

Discount rates are established based on prevailing market rates for high-quality fixed-income instruments that, if the pension 
benefit  obligation  was  settled  at  the  measurement  date,  would  provide  the  necessary  future  cash  flows  to  pay  the  benefit 
obligations when due. The Company uses long-term historical actual return experiences with consideration to the investment 
mix  of  the  pension  plan’s  assets  and  future  estimates  of  long-term  investment  returns  to  develop  its  expected  rate  of  return 
assumptions used in calculating the net periodic pension cost. 

The Company contributed approximately $1.5 million (based on the market price at the time of contribution) in Company stock to 
the Plan in fiscal 2005, $2.8 million in fiscal 2004, and $1.0 million in fiscal 2003. In fiscal 2006, the Company expects to make a 
contribution  of  Company  common  stock  of  approximately  10%  of  the  market  value  of  assets  at  the  time  of  the  contribution. 
Employee contributions are neither required nor permitted. 

Estimated future benefit payments for each of the next five fiscal years and the next five fiscal years in aggregate are as follows: 

Fiscal year ending: 
September 30, 2006 
September 30, 2007 
September 30, 2008 
September 30, 2009 
September 30, 2010 
September 30, 2011 – September 30, 2015 

65 

(in thousands) 

$        758 
832 
903 
978 
1,007 
5,632 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company's foreign subsidiaries have retirement plans that are integrated with and supplement the benefits provided by laws of 
the various countries. They are not required to report nor do they determine the actuarial present value of accumulated benefits or 
net assets available for plan benefits. On a consolidated basis, pension expense was $2.4 million, $1.9 million and $2.5 million, in 
fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  

The  Company  has  a  401(k)  Employee  Incentive  Savings  Plan.  This  plan  allows  for  employee  contributions  and  matching 
Company contributions in varying percentages, depending on employee age and years of service, ranging from 50% to 175% of 
the employees' contributions. The Company's contributions under this plan totaled $2.1 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million in 
fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and were satisfied by contributions of shares of Company common stock, valued at the 
market price on the date of the matching contribution. 

NOTE 12:  INCOME TAXES            

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes consisted of the following: 

(in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,   

2003

2004

2005

United States operations                                                                  (56,385)
Foreign operations                                                                                              
9,983
                                                                                                                         (46,402)

$        

$        

$          

25,927
38,151

$      

(117,776)
17,651

$          

64,078

$      

(100,125)

The provision (benefit) for income taxes includes the following: 

 Current:
     Federal
     State
     Foreign

Deferred:
     Federal
     Foreign

(in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,   

2003

2004

2005

-
$                   
-
7,594

$               

579
663
5,678

$             

(108)
-
7,970

-
-

574
(108)

(3,233)
(672)

$            

7,594

$            

7,386

$            

3,957

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
                 
                     
              
              
              
                     
                 
            
                     
               
               
              
            
            
The provision (benefit) for income taxes differed from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate as 
follows: 

Computed income tax expense (benefit) based on
     U.S. statutory rate

Effect of earnings of foreign subsidiaries
     subject to different tax rates
Benefits from Israeli and Singapore approved 
   enterprise zones
Effect of permanent items
Benefits of net operating loss and tax credit
   carryforwards and changes in valuation allowance
Non-deductible goodwill impairment and amortization
Foreign dividends
State income tax expense
Other, net 

(in thousands)
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

2003

2004

2005

$      

(24,183)

22,199

(35,044)

(1,565)

706
-

(1,973)

(4,784)
(1,237)

(1,090)

(1,999)
5,098

12,059
-
19,600
-
977
7,594

$         

(11,185)
-
3,912
404
50
7,386

$         

17,596
18,419
617
(228)
588
3,957

$         

Undistributed  earnings  of  certain  foreign  subsidiaries  for  which  taxes  have  not  been  provided  approximate  $56.2  million  at 
September 30, 2005. Such undistributed earnings are considered to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations.  

Undistributed earnings approximating $50.1 million are not considered to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations. While 
these earnings are not considered to be indefinitely reinvested in foreign operations, the Company does not intend to repatriate 
the  earnings  during  its  domestic  NOL  carryforward  period.  Accordingly,  as  of  September  30,  2005, deferred  tax  liabilities  of 
$24.8, million including withholding taxes, have been provided. To the extent these earnings are repatriated before expiration of 
the domestic NOL carryforward period the ultimate liability could be lower.   

On  October  22,  2004  the  U.S.  Government  passed  the American  Jobs  Creation Act.  The Act  provides  for  certain  tax  benefits 
including but not limited to the reinvestment of foreign earnings in the United States. For fiscal 2006, we can elect, under the Act 
to  apply  an  85%  dividends  received  deduction  against  certain  dividends  from  controlled  corporations,  in  which  it  is  a  U.S. 
shareholder. We have evaluated the potential benefit under the Act and concluded that we are unlikely to derive a material benefit. 

Deferred  income  taxes  are  determined  based  on  the  differences  between  the  financial  reporting  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and 
liabilities as measured by the current tax rates. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
        
          
          
          
              
          
          
               
          
           
         
        
         
               
               
         
         
           
              
               
              
             
              
                
              
The net deferred tax balance is composed of the tax effects of cumulative temporary differences, as follows: 

(in thousands)
September 30,

2004

2005

Inventory reserves
Warranty accrual
Other accruals and reserves
Revenue recognition
Valuation allowance
  Total short-term deferred tax asset

Intangible assets 
Domestic tax credit carryforwards
Domestic NOL carryforwards
Foreign NOL carryforwards
Minimum pension liability
Other

Valuation allowance

  Total long-term deferred tax asset (1)

Repatriation of foreign earnings, 
    including foreign withholding taxes
Depreciable assets
Intangible assets
Prepaid expenses and other
  Total long-term deferred tax liability

  Net long-term deferred liability (1)

$         

$         

3,352
390
8,542
133
(11,425)
992

3,324
339
6,700
555
(9,313)
1,605

$            

$         

$       

11,098
5,427
82,000
2,608
3,422
-

$       

17,097
5,299
85,028
1,394
3,384
25

104,555
(82,016)

112,227
(99,145)

$       

22,539

$       

13,082

$       

$       

24,230
4,158
17,480
2,221
48,089

24,847
2,485
4,903
3,181
35,416

$       

$       

$       

25,550

$       

22,334

(1)  Included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet are deferred tax assets of $410 thousand and $10 

thousand at September 30, 2004 and 2005, respectively. 

The Company has U.S. net operating loss carryforwards, state net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credit carryforwards of 
approximately  $195.0  million,  $290.6  million,  and  $5.3  million,  respectively,  that  will  reduce  future  taxable  income.  These 
carryforwards can be utilized in the future, prior to expiration of certain carryforwards in 2009 through 2024. 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, as part of the income tax provision for the period, the Company recorded a charge of $65.3 
million for the establishment of a valuation allowance against its deferred tax asset consisting primarily of U.S. net operating loss 
carryforwards.  The  Company  determined  that  the  valuation  allowance  was  required  based  on  its  losses,  which  are  given 
substantially more weight than forecasts of future profitability in the evaluation. No tax benefits were recorded in respect of U.S. 
net operating losses incurred during fiscal 2003. The Company established a valuation allowance of $12.1 million in fiscal 2003 
against U.S. and foreign net operating losses. In fiscal 2004, the Company reversed the portion of its valuation allowance that was 
equal to U.S. taxable income. While the Company utilized approximately $11.2 million of its deferred tax asset relating to U.S. 
operating loss carryforwards in fiscal 2004, the Company had concluded that the prior year positive evidence did not outweigh the 
negative evidence of recent losses. In fiscal 2005, no tax benefits were recorded in respect of U.S. net operating losses incurred. 
The  Company  reduced  the  valuation  allowance  on  U.S.  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  by  $3.9  million  due  to  the  planned 
repatriation of foreign earnings in fiscal 2006. Until the Company utilizes its remaining U.S. operating loss carryforwards or is 
reasonably assured of future utilization of the loss carryforwards, its income tax provision will reflect foreign taxation, state taxes, 
and U.S. alternative minimum tax. 

The  Company  also  has  generated  losses  in  certain  foreign  jurisdictions  totaling  approximately  $15.3  million.  Similar  to  the 
situation with the U.S. NOL’s, realization of the benefit associated with these foreign loss carryforwards cannot be assured and 
a full valuation allowance has been provided against the deferred tax assets associated with these carryforwards.  

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
              
              
        
          
                   
       
       
         
           
As a result of committing to certain capital investments and employment levels, income from operations in China, Singapore 
and Israel are subject to reduced tax rates, and in some cases are wholly exempt from taxes.   

In China, we expect to benefit from a 100% tax holiday for five years commencing in the first year in which the Company 
earns taxable income and then a 50% tax holiday for an additional five years. In addition, the company is also benefiting from a 
100% perpetual tax holiday in its Suzhou, China local jurisdiction. In connection with certain Singapore operations, we expect 
to benefit from a 100% tax holiday for 10 years effective February 1, 2000. In Israel, we expect to benefit from a reduced tax 
rate of 10% through fiscal 2008.  As a result of these tax holidays, the Company has received tax benefits of approximately 
$12.0 million from fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2004.  

NOTE 13:  SEGMENT INFORMATION 

The  Company  evaluates  performance  of  its  segments  and  allocates  resources  to  them  based  on  income  from  operations  before 
interest, allocations of corporate expenses and income taxes. 

The Company operates primarily in three industry segments: equipment, packaging materials, and test interconnect solutions.  The 
equipment  business  segment  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  capital  equipment  and  related  spare  parts  for  use  in  the 
semiconductor assembly process. The equipment segment also services, maintains, repairs and upgrades assembly equipment. The 
packaging  materials  business  segment  designs,  manufactures  and  markets  consumable  packaging  materials  for  use  on  the 
equipment  the  Company  markets  as  well  as  on  competitors’  equipment.  The  packaging  materials  products  have  different 
manufacturing processes, distribution channels and a less volatile revenue pattern than the Company's capital equipment. The test 
interconnect business segment designs and markets a broad range of products used to test semiconductors during wafer fabrication 
and after they have been assembled and packaged.  

The table below presents information about reported segments: 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 30, 2005 

  Equipment 

Segment 

(in thousands) 
Packaging 
  Materials 
Segment 

Test 
Segment 

  Corporate, 
  Other and 
  Eliminations 

  Consolidated 

Net revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses 
Income (loss) from operations 

  $       201,608 
115,771 
85,837 
51,427 
  $        34,410  

  $       273,934 
224,001 
49,933 
24,259 
  $         25,674 

  $     85,732  
79,923  
5,809  
147,399  
  $ (141,590) 

  $                   - 
- 
- 
17,041 
  $      (17,041) 

  $          561,274 
419,695 
141,579 
240,126 
  $         (98,547) 

Segment assets 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation expense 

113,837 
1,387 
5,349 

130,459 
3,798 
3,585 

41,204 
4,717 
6,441 

100,996 
2,603 
2,290 

386,496 
12,505 
17,665 

Fiscal Year Ended 
September 30, 2004 

  Equipment 

Segment 

Packaging 
  Materials 
Segment 

Test 
Segment 

  Corporate, 
  Other and 
  Eliminations 

  Consolidated 

Net revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses 
Income (loss) from operations 

  $       361,244 
208,862 
152,382 
59,071 
$         93,311 

  $       234,690 
182,658 
52,032 
22,942 
  $         30,090 

  $    121,877 
95,286 
26,591 
48,107 
  $   (21,516) 

  $                   - 
- 
- 
17,940 
  $      (17,940) 

  $          717,811 
486,806 
231,005 
147,060 
  $            83,945 

Segment assets 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation expense 

$  87,771 
3,583 
5,404 

$  122,106 
2,974 
3,239 

$  163,197 
3,556 
7,476 

$  114,618 
3,292 
3,663 

$  487,692 
13,405 
19,782 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal Year Ended 
September 30, 2003 

  Equipment 

Segment 

Packaging 
  Materials 
Segment 

Test 
Segment 

  Corporate, 
  Other and 
  Eliminations 

  Consolidated 

Net revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Operating expenses 
Income (loss) from operations 

  $       198,447 
129,092 
69,355 
71,678 
$        (2,323) 

  $       174,471 
132,779 
41,692 
26,684 
  $         15,008 

  $    104,882 
87,856 
17,026 
44,218 
  $   (27,192) 

  $              135 
- 
135 
15,539 
  $      (15,404) 

  $          477,935 
349,727 
128,208 
158,119 
$         (29,911) 

Segment assets 
Capital expenditures 
Depreciation expense 

  $         86,650 
1,433 
7,797 

  $         94,466 
4,604 
5,879 

  $    166,467 
4,067 
9,038 

  $         95,278 
871 
4,045 

  $          442,861 
10,975 
26,759 

Intersegment sales are immaterial. Operating expenses identified as Corporate, Other and Eliminations consist entirely of corporate 
expenses. Assets identified as Corporate, Other and Eliminations consist of all cash and short-term investments of the Company and 
corporate income tax assets. 

The Company's market for its products is worldwide. The table below presents destination sales to unaffiliated customers and long-
lived assets by country: 

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 

Taiwan 
Malaysia 
United States 
Korea 
Singapore 
China 
Philippines 
Malta 
Japan 
Hong Kong 
Israel 
All other 

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 

Taiwan 
United States 
Malaysia 
Korea 
Singapore 
China 
Japan 
Hong Kong 
Philippines 
Israel 
All other 

(in thousands) 

Destination 
Sales 

$      136,466  
85,186 
67,095 
51,713 
42,193 
38,199 
27,896 
19,665 
18,922 
13,359 
1,238 
59,342 
$       561,274 

Long-lived 
Assets (1) 

  $                 988 
577 
47,943 
18 
6,639 
11,749 
10 
- 
124 
31 
5,397 
1,340 
  $            74,816 

Destination 
Sales 

$          181,374 
100,657 
91,323 
70,790 
70,453 
36,612 
35,190 
23,117 
21,086 
1,553 
85,656 
$          717,811 

Long-lived 
Assets (1) 

  $              1,505 
167,077 
9 
26 
8,619 
5,065 
264 
12 
7 
7,055 
3,352 
  $          192,991 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2003 

Taiwan 
United States 
Malaysia 
Korea 
Singapore 
China 
Japan 
Hong Kong 
Philippines 
Israel 
All other 

Destination 
Sales 

$            97,378 
94,790 
59,641 
46,389 
40,933 
24,107 
19,870 
15,060 
13,296 
2,641 
63,830 
$          477,935 

Long-lived 
Assets (1) 

  $              1,823 
181,589 
9 
9,066 
5 
497 
2 
23 
4,765 
7,316 
3,832 
  $          208,927 

(1) Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Property, Plant and Equipment, net. 
NOTE 14:  OTHER FINANCIAL DATA 

In fiscal 2005 and 2004, the Company recorded in Selling, General and Administrative expenses incentive compensation of $2.1 
million and $10.3 million, respectively. The Company recorded no incentive compensation expense in fiscal 2003.  Maintenance 
and repairs expense totaled $3.9 million, $3.7 million and $3.6 million for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Warranty and 
retrofit expense was $1.7 million, $3.1 million and $2.5 million for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.  Rent expense for 
fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $7.1 million, $7.6 million and $11.2 million, respectively. 

NOTE 15: EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Basic  net  income  (loss)  per  share  (“EPS”)  is  calculated  using  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock 
outstanding during the period. The calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share assumes the exercise of stock options and 
the conversion of convertible securities to common shares unless the inclusion of these will have an anti-dilutive impact on net 
income (loss) per share. In addition, in computing diluted net income (loss) per share, if convertible securities are assumed to 
be  converted  to  common  shares,  the  after-tax  amount  of  interest  expense  recognized  in  the  period  associated  with  the 
convertible securities is added back to net income. In fiscal 2004, $5.2 million of interest expense, related to the convertible 
subordinated  notes,  was  added  to  the  Company’s  net  income  to  determine  the  numerator  for  the  diluted  earnings  per  share 
calculation.  In  fiscal  2003  and  2005,  the  exercise  of  stock  options  and  the  conversion  of  the  convertible  subordinated  notes 
were not assumed since their conversion to common shares would have an anti-dilutive effect due to the Company’s net loss 
position. 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A  reconciliation  of  weighted  average  shares  outstanding  –  basic  to  the  weighted  average  shares  outstanding-diluted  appears 
below: 

Weighted average shares outstanding - Basic
Potentially dilutive securities:
  Stock options
  1 % Convertible subordinated notes
  1/2% Convertible subordinated notes
  5 1/4% Convertible subordinated notes
  4 3/4 % Convertible sunordinated notes

(shares in thousands) 
Fiscal Year Ended September 30,

2003

49,695

*
NA
NA
*
*

2004

50,746

1,418
1,286
8,509
4,806
1,817

2005

51,619

*
*
*
NA
NA

Weighted average shares outstanding - Diluted

49,695

68,582

51,619

*     Due to the Company’s net losses in fiscal 2003 and 2005, potentially dilutive securities were deemed to be anti-dilutive for 
the periods. The weighted average number of shares for potentially dilutive securities (convertible notes and employee and 
director stock options) excluded for fiscal 2003 and 2005 was 14.9 million and 15.2 million, respectively. 

NOTE 16:  GUARANTOR OBLIGATIONS, COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND CONCENTRATIONS 

Guarantor Obligations 

The Company has issued standby letters of credit for employee benefit programs and a customs bond. The Company’s wire 
subsidiary has issued a guarantee for payment under its gold supply financing arrangement. The guarantee for the gold supply 
financing arrangement is secured by the assets of the Company’s wire manufacturing subsidiary and contains certain financial 
covenants relating to the subsidiary’s net worth, ratio of total liabilities to net worth, ratio of EBITDA to interest expense and 
ratio  of  current  assets  to  current  liabilities.  The  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all  gold  supply  financing  arrangement 
covenants in fiscal 2004 and 2005. 

The table below identifies the guarantees under the standby letters of credit as of September 30, 2005: 

Nature of guarantee

Term of guarantee

     (in thousands)
Maximum obligation  
 under guarantee

Security for the Company's gold financing arrangement
Security deposit for payment of  employee health benefits
Security deposit for payment of employee worker 
  compensation benefits
Security deposit for customs bond

Expires June 2006
Expires June 2006

Expires October 2005 and July 2006
Expires July 2006

$      

17,000
1,170

1,910
100
20,180

$      

The Company’s products are generally shipped with a one-year warranty against manufacturing defects and the Company does 
not offer extended warranties in the normal course of its business. The Company establishes reserves for estimated warranty 
expense  when  revenue  for  the  related  product  is  recognized.  The  reserve  for  estimated  warranty  expense  is  based  upon 
historical experience and management estimates of future expenses. 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
          
             
      
      
    
        
        
        
        
        
      
      
    
The table below details the activity related to the Company’s reserve for product warranties which is included in accrued expenses 
in the balance sheet at September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005: 

(in thousands)
September 30,
2004

2005

2003

Reserve for product warranty at beginning of year
Provision for product warranty 
Product warranty
Reserve for product warranty at end of year

Commitments and Contingencies  

$           

$       

837
2,477
(2,306)
1,008

1,008
3,092
(3,144)
956

$          

956
1,744
(1,847)
853

$        

$          

$          

The Company orders inventory components in the normal course of its business. A portion of these orders are non-cancelable 
and a portion have varying penalties and charges in the event of cancellation. The total amount of the Company’s inventory 
purchase commitments, which do not appear on its balance sheet, as of September 30, 2005 was $71.6 million. 

The  Company  has  obligations  under  various  operating  leases,  primarily  for  manufacturing  and  office  facilities,  which  expire 
periodically through 2017. Minimum rental commitments under these leases (excluding taxes, insurance, maintenance and repairs, 
which are also paid by the Company), are as follows:  $5.3 million in fiscal 2006; $4.0 million in fiscal 2007; $3.4 million in fiscal 
2008; $2.3 million in fiscal 2009; $2.3 million in 2010 and $15.1 million thereafter.  

In September 2004, the tax authority in Singapore notified the Company that it believes Goods and Services Tax (“GST”) in the 
amount of $3.3 million is owed on the return of gold scrap to the Company’s former gold supplier over the period from 1998 to 
2004.  The Company does not agree with this assessment and has filed an objection.  Discussions between the Company and the 
Singapore tax authority are ongoing.  In event the Company is unsuccessful in its objection and subsequent appeal, if necessary, 
the Company believes it will recover the cost from its former gold supplier. For these reasons, no accrual for this contingency has 
been included in the Company’s financial statements. The Company believes that resolution of this matter may take two to three 
years.  

From time to time, third parties assert that the Company is, or may be, infringing or misappropriating their intellectual property 
rights. In such cases, the Company will defend against claims or attempt to negotiate licenses where considered appropriate. In 
addition, some of the Company’s customers are parties to litigation brought by the Lemelson Medical, Education and Research 
Foundation  Limited  Partnership  (the  “Lemelson  Foundation”),  in  which  the  Lemelson  Foundation  claims  that  certain 
manufacturing processes used by those customers infringe patents held by the Lemelson Foundation. The Company has never 
been named a party to any such litigation. Some customers have requested that the Company indemnify them to the extent their 
liability for these claims arises from use of the Company’s equipment. The Company does not believe that products sold by it 
infringe valid Lemelson patents. If a claim for contribution was brought against the Company, the Company believes it would 
have  valid  defenses  to  assert  and  also  would  have  rights  to  contribution  and  claims  against  the  Company’s  suppliers.  The 
Company has not incurred any material liability with respect to the Lemelson claims or any other pending intellectual property 
claim  and  the  Company  does  not  believe  that  these  claims  will  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  Company’s  business, 
financial  condition  or  operating  results.  The  ultimate  outcome  of  any  infringement  or  misappropriation  claim  that  might  be 
made, however, is uncertain and the Company cannot assure you that the resolution of any such claim will not materially and 
adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results.  

Concentrations 

Sales to a relatively small number of customers account for a significant percentage of the Company's net sales. In fiscal 2005, 
sales  to  Advanced  Semiconductor  Engineering  and  ST  Microelectronics  accounted  for  13%  and  11%,  respectively,  of  the 
Company’s net sales. In fiscal 2004, sales to Advanced Semiconductor Engineering accounted for 17% of the Company’s net 
sales.  The  Company  expects  that  sales  of  its  products  to  a  limited  number  of  customers  will  continue  to  account  for  a  high 
percentage  of  net  sales  for  the  foreseeable  future.  At  September  30,  2005  Advanced  Semiconductor  Engineering  and 
Siliconware Precision Industries accounted for 14% and 12%, respectively of total accounts receivable. At September 30, 2004, 
Advanced Semiconductor Engineering accounted for 16% of total accounts receivable. No other customer accounted for more 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
         
         
        
        
       
                               
than  10%  of  total  accounts  receivable  at  September  30,  2005  and  2004.  The  reduction  or  loss  of  orders  from  a  significant 
customer could adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. 

The Company relies on subcontractors to manufacture to the Company's specifications many of the components or subassemblies 
used in its products. Certain of the Company's products require components or parts of an exceptionally high degree of reliability, 
accuracy and performance for which there are only a limited number of suppliers or for which a single supplier has been accepted 
by the Company as a qualified supplier. 

NOTE 17:  SELECTED  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited) 

Financial information pertaining to quarterly results of operations follows:  

Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2005:

Net revenue
Gross profit

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

First 
 Quarter

$    

116,321
26,378

Second 
 Quarter

$   

124,769
30,445

Third 
Quarter 

$     

138,210
33,042

Fourth  
 Quarter 

$    

181,974
51,714

   Total    

$     

561,274
141,579

Income (loss) from operations (1) (2)

(4,892)

(5,919)

(103,267)

15,531

(98,547)

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes
(5,289)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes                                        1,902

(6,399)
1,274

(103,672)
(1,831)

15,235
2,612

(100,125)
3,957

Net income (loss)

$      

(7,191)

$      

(7,673)

$   

(101,841)

$      

12,623

$    

(104,082)

Net income (loss) per share:    
  Basic
  Diluted 

Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2004:

Net revenue
Gross profit

$        
$        

(0.14)
(0.14)

$        
$        

(0.15)
(0.15)

$         
$         

(1.97)
(1.97)

$          
$          

0.24
0.19

$          
$          

(2.02)
(2.02)

First 
 Quarter

$    

153,869
47,362

Second 
 Quarter

$   

221,771
76,534

Third 
Quarter 

$     

194,628
65,072

Fourth  
 Quarter 

$    

147,543
42,037

   Total    

$     

717,811
231,005

Income from operations(1) (3)

12,155

34,409

29,299

Income from operations before income taxes
Provision for income taxes                                        
Income (loss) from discontinued FCT operations, net 
of tax
Loss on sale of FCT operations

1,778
1,350

319
-

31,662
1,410

(751)
(380)

25,558
2,877

-
-

8,082

5,080
1,749

-
-

83,945

64,078
7,386

(432)
(380)

Net income

Net income per share:    
  Basic
  Diluted 

$           

747

$     

29,121

$       

22,681

$        

3,331

$       

55,880

$          
$          

0.01
0.01

$         
$         

0.58
0.44

$           
$           

0.45
0.35

$          
$          

0.07
0.05

$           
$           

1.10
0.89

(1)  Represents net sales less costs and expenses but before net interest expense and other income. 

(2)  Results for fiscal 2005 include: goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges of $100.6 million in the third quarter (See 
Notes 4 and 5); severance associated with workforce reductions and operations transfers in our continuing businesses in the 
first,  second,  and  third  quarters  of  $0.6  million,  $2.0  million,  and  $1.1  million,  respectively;  and  inventory  reserves  in  the 
first, second, third and fourth quarters of $0.7 million, $0.9 million, $1.4 million, and $1.5 million, respectively. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
       
         
        
       
        
        
     
        
        
        
        
     
        
      
          
         
         
          
           
        
       
         
        
       
        
       
         
          
         
          
       
         
          
         
          
         
           
          
           
             
           
              
              
             
             
           
              
              
             
(3)  Results for fiscal 2004 include: a reversal of prior year resizing charges in the second quarter of $68 thousand (See Note 3); 
asset impairment charges in the second quarter of $3.3 million (See Note 4); severance associated with workforce reductions 
in  our  continuing  businesses  in  the  first,  second,  and  fourth  quarters  of  $600  thousand,  $3.3  million,  and  $0.7  million, 
respectively; and inventory write-downs in the second quarter of $1.5 million. 

Item 9.   CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL  

DISCLOSURE. 

None. 

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

Based on our management’s evaluation (with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer), 
as of the end of the period covered by this report, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have concluded that our 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended)  are  effective  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  us  in  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the 
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange 
Commission rules and forms.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  for 
Kulicke & Soffa Industries, Inc. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 
that:  (i) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (ii) provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Management (with the participation of the chief executive officer and chief financial officer) conducted an evaluation of 
the  effectiveness  of  Kulicke  &  Soffa  Industries,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  the  framework  in 
Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 
Based  on  this  evaluation,  management  concluded  that  Kulicke  &  Soffa  Industries,  Inc.’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  was  effective  as  of  September  30,  2005.  Management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  Kulicke  &  Soffa 
reporting  as  of  September 30,  2005  has  been  audited  by 
Industries, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  their  report  which  is  included 
above in Item 8 of this report and is incorporated by reference into this Item 9A. 

internal  control  over 

financial 

Inc.’s 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

In addition, there was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during our fourth quarter of 
fiscal 2005 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION. 

None. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS  OF THE REGISTRANT. 

Information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K with respect to the directors will appear under the heading "ELECTION OF 
DIRECTORS"  in  the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2006 Annual  Meeting,  which  information  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference. The information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K with respect to executive officers appears at the end of Part I, 
Item  1  of  this  report  under  the  heading  "Executive  Officers  of  the  Company."  The  other  information  required  by  Item  401  of 
Regulation  S-K  will  appear  under  the  heading  “ADDITIONAL    INFORMATION  –  Board  Matters”  in  the  Company’s  Proxy 
Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

The information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K will appear under the heading “ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION” in the 
Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

The information required by Item 406 of Regulation S-K will appear under the heading “OTHER MATTERS” in the Company’s 
Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. 

The  information  required  hereunder  will  appear  under  the  headings  “ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION,”  “MANAGEMENT 
DEVELOPMENT  AND  COMPENSATION  COMMITTEE  REPORT  ON  EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION”  and 
“PERFORMANCE GRAPH” in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated 
herein by reference. 

Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT. 

The  information  required  hereunder  concerning  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  will  appear 
under the heading “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION” in the Company’s  Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting, which 
information  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  The  information  required  hereunder  concerning  security  ownership  of 
management  will  appear  under  the  heading    "ELECTION  OF  DIRECTORS"  in  the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2006 
Annual  Meeting,  which  information  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  The  information  required  by  this  item  relating  to 
securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is included under the heading “EQUITY COMPENSATION 
PLANS” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting, which is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS. 

The information required hereunder will appear under the heading "ADDITIONAL INFORMATION"  in the Company's Proxy 
Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES. 

The  information  required  hereunder  will  appear  under  the  heading  "AUDIT AND  RELATED  FEES”  in  the  Company's  Proxy 
Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting, which information is incorporated herein by reference. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. 

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this report: 

(1)   Financial Statements - Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc.: 

        Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
        Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2004 and 2005 
        Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal years  

        ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005 

        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years  

        ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005 

        Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity (Deficit) 
        for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2003, 2004 and 2005 

        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules: 

II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 

Page 
46   
47   

48   

49 

50   
51 

80 

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the  
financial statements or notes thereto. 

(3)  Exhibits: 

EXHIBIT  
NUMBER  
3(i)  

3(ii)  
4(i)  

4(ii)  

4(iii)  

4(iv)  

4(v)  

10(i)  

10(ii)  

10(iii)  

10(iv) 

ITEM    

The  Company’s  Form  of  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  dated  June  14,  2002,  filed  as 
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2002, 
is incorporated herein by reference.  
The Company’s By-Laws, as amended and restated on November 29, 2005.  
Specimen  Common  Share  Certificate  of  Kulicke  and  Soffa  Industries,  Inc.,  filed  as  Exhibit  4  to  the 
Company’s  Form  8-A12G/A  dated  September  11,  1995,  SEC  file  number  000-00121,  is  incorporated 
herein by reference.  
Indenture dated as of November 26, 2003 between the Company and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National 
Association,  as  Trustee,  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  dated  December  5,  2003,  is 
incorporated herein by reference.  
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 26, 2003, between the Company and Deutsche Bank 
Securities  Inc.  as  Initial  Purchaser,  filed  as  Exhibit  4.2  to  the  Company’s  Form  8-K  dated  December  5, 
2003, is incorporated herein by reference.  
Indenture  dated  as  of  June  30,  2004  between  the  Company  and  J.P.  Morgan  Trust  Company,  National 
Association,  as  Trustee,  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Company’s  quarterly  report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the 
quarterly period ended June 30, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.  
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 30, 2004, between the Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, 
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, as Initial Purchaser, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s quarterly report on 
Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.  
The Company’s 1988 Employee Incentive Stock Option and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (as amended 
and restated effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(i) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the year ended September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.*  
The  Company’s  1988  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  for  Non-Officer  Directors  (as  amended  and 
restated effective February 9, 1999), filed as Exhibit 10(vi) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended September 30, 1999, is incorporated by reference.*  
The Company’s 1994 Employee Incentive Stock Option and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (as amended 
and restated effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(iii) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.*  
2004  Israeli  Addendum  to  the  Company’s  1994  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  and  Non-Qualified 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock  Option  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  effective  March  21,  2003),  filed  as  Exhibit  10(iv)  to  the 
Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No.4 on Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed 
December 14, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.* 
The  Company’s  1997  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  for  Non-Employee  Directors  (as  amended  and 
restated effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(vi) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.*  
The Company’s 1998 Employee Incentive Stock Option and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (as amended 
and restated effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(ix) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.*  
2004  Israeli  Addendum  to  the  Company’s  1998  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  and  Non-Qualified 
Stock  Option  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  effective  March  21,  2003),  filed  as  Exhibit  10(vii)  to  the 
Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No.4 on Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed 
December 14, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.* 
The Company’s 1999 Nonqualified Employee Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated effective March 
21,  2003),  filed  as  Exhibit  10(xv)  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.*  
2004 Israeli Addendum to the Company’s 1999 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated 
effective  March 21, 2003),  filed  as  Exhibit 10(ix)  to  the Company’s  Post-Effective Amendment  No.4 on 
Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed December 14, 2004, is incorporated herein by 
reference.* 
Form  of Termination of  Employment  Agreement  signed by  Mr. Kulicke  (Section 2(a)  - 30  months),  and 
Messrs. Carson, Jacobi, Lendner, Salmons, Sawachi, Belani, Griffing, Chylak, Cristallo, Torton, Amweg, 
Anderson, Hartigan, Mak, Rheault, Perchick and Beatson (Section 2(a) - 18 months), filed as Exhibit 10(a) 
to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2000, is 
incorporated herein by reference.* 
The Company’s 2001 Employee Incentive Stock Option and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (as amended 
and restated effective March 21, 2003), filed as Exhibit 10(xix) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended September 30, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference.* 
2004  Israeli  Addendum  to  the  Company’s  2001  Employee  Incentive  Stock  Option  and  Non-Qualified 
Stock  Option  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  effective  March  21,  2003),  filed  as  Exhibit  10(xii)  to  the 
Company’s Post-Effective Amendment No.4 on Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed 
December 14, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.* 
The Company’s Officer Incentive Compensation Plan, effective October 1, 2003, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to 
the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarterly  period  ended  December  31,  2003,  is 
incorporated herein by reference.*  
 First Amendment to the Company’s Officer Incentive Compensation Plan, effective October 1, 2003, filed 
as  Exhibit  10(x)  to  the  Company’s  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed  September  30,  2004  is 
incorporated herein by reference.*  
 Sale  and  Buyback  of  Fine  Metal  Agreement  dated  June  21,  2004  between  Kulicke  &  Soffa  (SEA)  PTE 
LTD and AGR Matthey, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the 
quarterly period ended June 30, 2004 is incorporated herein by reference. (1) 
 Guarantee Issuance Facility Agreement dated June 21, 2004 between Kulicke & Soffa (SEA) PTE LTD, 
Natexis Banques Populaires, Singapore Branch and Arab Bank plc, Singapore Branch, filed as Exhibit 10.2 
to  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarterly  period  ended  June  30,  2004  is 
incorporated herein by reference.  
 Debenture, incorporating Fixed and Floating Charges and Assignment of Insurances dated June 21, 2004 
between  Kulicke  &  Soffa  (SEA)  PTE  LTD  and  Natexis  Banques  Populaires,  Singapore  Branch,  filed  as 
Exhibit  10.3  to  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarterly  period  ended  June  30, 
2004 is incorporated herein by reference.  
 Agreement to Sell and Purchase Real Estate, dated August 25, 2004, as amended on September 15, 2004, 
between  the  Company  and  Good  Mac  Realty  Partners,  L.P.  ,  filed  as  Exhibit  10(xiv)  to  the  Company’s 
Registration on Form S-1 filed September 30, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference. 
 Agreement  of  Lease,  by  and  between  the  Company  and  1005  Virginia  Associates,  L.P.,  dated  June  30, 
2005, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended 
June 30, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference. 
 Officer  Incentive  Compensation  Plan,  dated  August  2,  2005,  filed  as  Exhibit  10.2  to  the  Company’s 
Quarterly  Report  on  form  10-Q  for  the  quarterly  period  ended  June  30,  2005,  is  incorporated  herein  by 

10(v)  

10(vi)  

10(vii) 

10(viii)  

10(ix)  

10(x) 

10(xi) 

10(xii) 

10(xiii)  

10(xiv)  

10(xv)(1)  

10(xvi)  

10(xvii)  

10(xviii)  

10(xix) 

10(xx) 

78 

 
21  

23 
31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

*  
(1) 

reference. * 
 Subsidiaries  of  the  Company,  filed  as  Exhibit  21  to  the  Company’s  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.4  on 
Form S-1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed December 14, 2004, is incorporated herein by 
reference.  
 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm) 
 Certification of C. Scott Kulicke, Chief Executive Officer of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc., pursuant             
   to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).           
 Certification of Maurice E. Carson, Chief Financial Officer of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc., pursuant 
to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a). 
 Certification of C. Scott Kulicke, Chief Executive Officer of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc., pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
 Certification of Maurice E. Carson, Chief Financial Officer of Kulicke and Soffa Industries, Inc., pursuant 
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

 Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.  
 Portions of this exhibit have been omitted based on a request for confidential treatment submitted to the 
U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The  omitted  portions  have  been  filed  separately  with  the 
Commission. 

79 

 
 
  
 
KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 
Schedule II-Valuation and Qualifying Accounts 
(in thousands) 

Balance   
at beginning
of period

 Charged to
costs and 
expenses 

Other
Additions
(describe)  

Deductions
(describe)  

Balance  
at end   
of period 

Year ended September 30, 2003

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$         

6,033

$          

519

$           
-

$          

623

(1)

$           

5,929

Inventory reserve

$       

24,847

$       

3,490

$      

(2,930)

(4)

$       

9,592

(2)

$         

15,815

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

$       

86,749

$     

13,979

(3)

$           
-

$           
-

$       

100,728

Year ended September 30, 2004

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$         

5,929

$         

(850)

$           
-

$       

1,433

(1)

$           

3,646

Inventory reserve

$       

15,815

$       

3,566

$           
-

$       

6,264

(2)

$         

13,117

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

$     

100,728

$    

(11,185)

(5)

$     

10,400

(6)

$       

6,503

(7)

$         

93,440

Year ended September 30, 2005

Allowance for doubtful accounts

$         

3,646

$              
6

$           
-

$          

395

(1)

$           

3,257

Inventory reserve

$       

13,117

$       

4,454

$           
-

$       

4,399

(2)

$         

13,172

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes

$       

93,440

$     

15,018

(8)

$           
-

$           
-

$       

108,458

(1)  Bad debts written off. 
(2)  Disposal of excess and obsolete inventory. 
(3)  Reflects the increase in the valuation allowance associated with the Company’s U.S. net operating losses and tax credit 

carryforwards.  

(4)  Reflects the sales of the assets of the Company’s sawing and hub blades products lines. 
(5)  Reflects the decrease in the valuation allowance associated with the Company’s U.S. net operating losses. 
(6)  Reflects adjustment of cumulative timing differences. 
(7)  Reflects adjustment associated with the Company’s foreign net operating losses. 
(8)  Reflects the increase in valuation allowance primarily associated with the Company’s U.S. net operating losses and 

cumulative timing differences. 

80 

 
                     
                     
                     
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to 
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

KULICKE AND SOFFA INDUSTRIES, INC. 

By:  /s/  C. SCOTT KULICKE           
             C. Scott Kulicke 
             Chairman of the Board and 
             Chief Executive Officer 

Dated:  December 13, 2005 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of 
the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

                 Signature                   

             Title                    

         Date______                                

 /s/  C. SCOTT KULICKE                    
      C. Scott Kulicke 
     (Principal Executive Officer) 

 /s/ MAURICE E.CARSON                   
      Maurice E. Carson 
     (Principal Financial and Accounting 
  Officer) 

Chairman of the Board  
of Directors and Chief  
Executive Officer 

December 13, 2005 

Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 

December 13, 2005  

/s/ BRIAN R. BACHMAN_________                    
      Brian R. Bachman 

Director   

 /s/ PHILIP V. GERDINE_________                    
      Philip V. Gerdine 

Director   

/s/ JOHN A. O’STEEN                      
      John A. O'Steen                                       

Director   

 /s/ GARRETT E. PIERCE                        
      Garrett E. Pierce 

Director   

 /s/ MACDONELL ROEHM, JR.          
      MacDonell Roehm, Jr. 

/s/ BARRY WAITE                                
      Barry Waite 

 /s/ C. WILLIAM ZADEL                      
      C. William Zadel 

Director   

Director    

Director    

December 13, 2005 

December 13, 2005 

December 13, 2005 

December 13, 2005 

December 13, 2005 

December 13, 2005 

December 13, 2005 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Information 
(December 2005) 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 
C. Scott Kulicke 
Chairman of the Board 
Kulicke & Soffa Industries, Inc. 

Brian R. Bachman 
Private Investor 
Former CEO and Vice Chairman 
Axcelis Technologies, Inc. 

Philip V. Gerdine, Ph.D., C.P.A. 
Retired Executive Director 
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft 

John A. O’Steen 
Retired Executive Vice President,  
Business Development 
Cornerstone Brands, Inc. 

Garrett E. Pierce 
Vice Chairman and CFO 
Orbital Sciences Corporation 

MacDonell Roehm, Jr. 
Chairman and CEO 
Crooked Creek Capital LLC 

Barry Waite 
Retired President and CEO 
Chartered Semiconductor 

C. William Zadel 
CEO Emeritus 
Mykrolis Corporation 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 
C. Scott Kulicke 
Chairman of the Board and 
Chief Executive Officer 

Maurice E. Carson 
Vice President and CFO 

Jack G. Belani 
Senior Vice President 

Oded Lendner 
Senior Vice President 

Charles Salmons 
Senior Vice President 

Bruce Griffing 
Vice President 

CORPORATE VICE PRESIDENTS 
Robert F. Amweg 
David J. Anderson 
David T. Beatson 
Peter P. Cristallo 
Jeffrey A. Hartigan 

EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURING 
FACILITIES 

INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP 
Philadelphia, PA 

Willow Grove, PA 
Singapore 

BANK 
Bank of America 
Chicago, IL 

PACKAGING MATERIALS 
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES 

Yokneam Elite, Israel 
Suzhou, China 
Singapore 
Thalwil-Zurich, Switzerland 

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT 
Common Stock 
American Stock Transfer & Trust 
59 Maiden Lane 
New York NY  10007 
800-937-5449 

STOCK TRADING 
Traded on NASDAQ 
NASDAQ Symbol – KLIC 

An electronic copy of the 2005 Annual 
Report, the 2006 Proxy Statement and other 
filings are available online at  
http://www.kns.com/investors 

Copies of the Company’s 10Q’s, recent news 
releases and investor packages may be 
obtained by contacting: 

Michael Sheaffer 
Director of Investor Relations 
Kulicke & Soffa Industries, Inc. 
Phone:  215-784-6411 
Fax:  215-784-6167 
Or request information online at: 
http://www.kns.com/investors 

TEST INTERCONNECT 
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES 

Gilbert, AZ 
San Jose, CA 
Corbeil, France 
Hsin-Chu, Taiwan 
Suzhou, China 

K&S SALES OFFICES, SALES 
REPRESENTATIVES, 
DISTRIBUTORS, SERVICE 
LOCATIONS 

USA 

Arizona 
California 
Colorado 
Connecticut 
Florida 

Europe/Africa 

Czech Republic 
Finland 
France   
Germany 
Israel 
Italy 
Netherlands 
Pakistan 

Asia 

China 
Hong Kong 
India 
Japan 
Korea 

    Indiana  
    Massachusetts 
    Minnesota 
    Pennsylvania 
    Texas 

Poland 
Scandinavia 
Scotland 
South Africa 
Sweden 
Switzerland 
Turkey 
United Kingdom 

Malaysia 
Philippines 
Singapore 
Taiwan 
Thailand 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2101 Blair Mill Road, Willow Grove, PA  19090, USA 
215-784-6000 phone   215-659-7588 fax 
www.kns.com